Technical Catalogue Air Diffusion - Aldes International

contact your Aldes sales advisor or visit aldes.com

or visit

With Ecofolio all paper can be recycled.

COMPULSOR - AIR DIFFUSION No. 3

Diffusion_Air_3_Comp_Corp_En_3 - 06/2016 - RCS Lyon 956 506 828 - Aldes reserves the right to modify its products at any time to introduce new technologies. - Photo credits Getty Images. Design: wwwstudiotrim.com

For more information on the air diffusion range,

COMPULSOR

AIR DIFFUSION - EDITION No. 3

AIR DIFFUSION AND COMFORT

Comfort components p. 11

Standard dimensions p. 15

Selection of diffusers p. 19

P. 10 TO 23

SMALL TERMINALS P. 24 TO 37

INDOOR TERMINALS

SR 143

p. 25

SR 145

p. 25

SR 149

p. 26

SR 135

p. 30

BIM2 300

p. 32

BIM2 320

p. 32

SC 101

p. 39

SC 101 D

p. 39

SC 102

p. 40

SC 102 D

p. 40

AC 101

p. 41

AC 101 D

p. 41

AC 121 AC 124

p. 61

AO 123 - AU 123 AU 124 SC 370 p. 62

AC 161 AC 163

p. 63

AG 637 AC 174

p. 64

AC 180 AC 181

p. 70

SR 377 SR 378

p. 72

SC 831 SC 832 TP

p. 81

AF 842 AT 842

p. 82w

SF 704

p. 86

AF 704

p. 87

SF 704 TP AN 704 TP

p.89

SF 704 R TP p. 90

Lined TP

p. 112

Lined Slim

p. 113

Plenum Lined

p. 114

Lined Combined

p. 115

Plenum Lined Combined p. 116

Twisted 850 p. 128

SF 785

p. 132

SF 775

SF 786

p. 134

AR 883

p. 137

AR 883 Thermo

p. 142

SP 391

SP 392

p. 151

SP 393

p. 152

SP 394

p. 153

SP 395

p. 154

SP 396

p. 155

AWA 251

p. 182

AG 638

p. 185

AG 639

p. 186

AG 645

p. 194

P. 38 TO 79

CEILING DIFFUSERS P. 80 TO 108

SLOT DIFFUSERS P. 109 TO 126

Lined

p. 110

SWIRL DIFFUSERS P. 127 TO 148

p. 133

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS P. 149 TO 177

p. 150

OUTDOOR TERMINALS P. 178 TO 199

APPENDICES P. 200 TO 203

AVF 75 - ANF 75 ATO 75 p. 179

AU 661 - AG 662 AG 663 p. 180

RAL colours

Index by name

p. 200

p. 202

BEM 780

p. 36

SCR 125

p. 37

AC 102

p. 42

AC 102 D

p. 42

GD 102 - GD102 D SD 102 SD 102 D p. 46

SR 356

p. 73

Accessories

p. 75

Plenum

p. 77

Accessories 700 series

p. 91

SC 310 R SC 319 R

p. 96

SC 360 R SC 369 R

p. 97

ALD 610 ALD 620

p. 123

SR 861

p. 145

SF 861 T

p. 146

SC 984

p. 160

DGH

p. 166

AP 639

p. 196

AR 637

p. 198

DGH 2

p. 167

Gridlined Wall

p. 51

Gridlined Floor

ALD 610 K

p. 101

Combined ALD 610 K

AR 190 Thermo

p. 169

CSI - CSF CSP

p. 52

Gridlined Exhaust

p. 53

Mini AWT

p. 175

p. 102

p. 171

SC121 SC 125

p. 60

KEY FIGURES

0.4 m/s

Maximum residual airflow beyond which discomfort is felt.

200,000 Quantity of terminals

and diffusers made by Aldes each year.

° 13 C

Temperature of air supplied by air conditioning systems in offices. Aldes can make terminals up to

2 m x 2 m in a single piece.

40 dB(A) Sound power level

where the sound made by a terminal becomes audible.

AIR DIFFUSION Full range designed to optimise the overall performance of the system and occupant comfort TWISTED SERIES SMALL SHOPS

• Discreet, unimposing design for seamless integration • Excellent mixing rate • Ideal for variable airflow systems

GRIDLINED SERIES HOTEL ROOMS

• Wide range of dimensions available (height from 75 to 800 mm / Length from 20 cm to 100 m) • Fixed or controllable airflow

Custom terminal range designed to blend into any environment HAUTE COUTURE SERIES Colours, materials, forms, dimensions...

Anything is possible with the Haute Couture series!

This concept is a confidential and proprietary image that may not be downloaded, photocopied, reproduced, shared, distributed or otherwise used without the prior approval of Convergence Point.

LINED SERIES OFFICES

BIM 2 SERIES HOSPITAL ROOMS

• Available in white finish • Wall or ceiling-mounted • Air supply and exhaust

• Identical products for air exhaust and supply • Filtration possible on exhaust

Twin Towers MALAYSIA

Grand Stade de Lyon FRANCE

PRESTIGIOUS REFERENCES Madinath Jumairah UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Fondation Louis Vuitton FRANCE

Zenith de Dijon FRANCE Majunga tower FRANCE

Zital tower MADAGASCAR

Forum des Halles FRANCE

Incity tower FRANCE

Paris Philharmonic FRANCE

Training to remain effective One team

1,500 m2

of specialised trainers

of space dedicated to training

800 trainees

3 Centres

attending every year

of excellence

18 Aldes agencies

600 m2

of practical workshops

30 training programmes

"Welcome to Aldes" branches Aldes training centres

Something for everyone:

A full range:

• Installers • Maintenance firms • Distributors • Design offices • Project managers • Prime contractors • Assembly technicians

• General training courses • Multi-function systems • T hermodynamic DHW • CMEV • Heating and DHW, heat pumps, geothermics • Heating and DHW, heat pumps, geothermics • Smoke exhaust / compartmentation

Aldes is certified to engineer, deliver and for the quality of its training programmes for the construction industry: • Ventilation, air distribution and management • Thermal comfort • Fire protection • Central vacuum cleaning

View the Aldes training catalogue and schedule on www.aldes.fr, Professional section > Services > Training pages.

ALDES EXPERTISE Support from design right through to commissioning FROM DESIGN TO PRODUCTION With two major factories in Liège (Belgium) and Dubai, Aldes has more than 20,000 m² dedicated to production facilities. This set-up allows us to maintain control of our manufacturing processes and the quality of our products. It also means that we can be flexible and react quickly to the changing demands of modern building construction.

TEST CENTRE Aldes runs a test centre featuring a live test laboratory (air speed measurement chamber) and a digital simulation centre. This is where standard tests are carried out and the performance and comfort of air diffusers are optimised. This system for developing standard ranges also offers the potential for designing tailor-made products for specific projects.

SUPPORT Aldes branches are on hand to provide advice on the best technical and economical solutions for your project. For example, upstream of the project, our 3D digital simulation tools quickly and efficiently provide peace of mind on your air diffusion choices to ensure the required comfort criteria are met.

AIR DIFFUSION TRAINING Aldes delivers the trade skills required to ensure successful completion of your projects. Theory of air diffusion and the Coanda effect. Selection of diffusers according to building type. Use of Aldes selection software.

PROJECT TRACEABILITY Aldes delivers support in planning and executing your project. Each pallet we deliver is labelled to show the intended building and storey according to your instructions provided with the equipment order.

ALDES DIGITAL TOOLS Koanda selector CAD LIBRARY

Less limitations LESS TIME LOST More solutions in the air BE MORE EFFICIENT WITH KOANDA SOFTWARE Aldes proposes a wide range of trade software developed specifically for construction industry players. In just a few minutes, the Koanda selection software enables you to precisely dimension the grilles and diffusers to be used on your system for optimum operation: - Support in selecting Aldes grilles and diffusers from the full range, - Acoustic data, - Airflow data: pressure drop, air jet range, air speeds, - Preparation of full product data files with technical data sheets for each product selected.

Smart 3D object download platform by Aldes. Aldes CAD Library offers direct access free of charge (no user account needed) to smart 3D objects in Revit TM format, as well as DWG 3D and DXF 2D formats for Aldes products. Its full-featured, powerful search engine enables you to download all or part of the Aldes range for integration in your BIM projects.

10


CONTENTS Comfort components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P11 Standard dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P15 Selecting diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P19

COMFORT COMPONENTS

11

AIR DIFFUSION AND COMFORT Designing an air diffusion system means first of all making the right choices to guarantee occupant comfort. Comfort depends on three main components: • thermal component, • air management component, • acoustic component.

THERMAL AND AIR COMPONENTS These first two cover the scope of standard NF EN ISO 7730 which sets out the notions of: • ambient temperatures according to occupant activity and clothing, • discomfort caused by draughts, • sensation of hot or cold walls/floors, • tolerance to vertical air temperature differences. Knowledge of occupant physical activity and clothing can serve to determine the ideal ambient temperature to achieve optimum thermal comfort. Clothing is expressed in clo, corresponding to the thermal insulation of clothing. Physical activity is expressed in met, equivalent to the production of metabolic energy. The sensation of discomfort due to draughts depends on the airflow speed and temperature. A mean residual speed Vr corresponds to each ambient temperature in the occupied areas, which is a condition for the absence of discomfort due to draughts. Terminal velocity of the air jet at the end of its range, Vt, induces Vr. Consequently, observing the ALDES selection recommendations expressed in Vt according to the usage of the building, is a simple way of achieving optimal comfort.

Manual worker Activity: 2 Met Clothing: 0.8 Clo

Office worker Activity: 1.2 Met Clothing: 0.5 Clo

EXAMPLE FOR COMMERCIAL FACILITIES Types of space

Time of year

Ambient temp. (°C)

Vt (m/s)

Vr (m/s)

Hotel rooms, individual offices, etc.

Summer

24.5 +/- 1.5

0.25

0.18

Winter

21 +/- 2

0.25

0.12

Vt FOR OPTIMUM COMFORT ACCORDING TO APPLICATION Types of space Individual offices, hospital wards, hotels, etc. Open-plan offices, meeting rooms, small retail outlets, etc. Industrial facilities

Vt (m/s)

Stations, airports

0.625

Sports halls

0.75

0.25 0.37 0.5

12


ACOUSTIC COMPONENT

ASHRAE recommendations in terms of sound pressure (sensation perceived by occupant) according to the usage of the space, serve to achieve overall comfort. The sound pressure level in a facility depends on the sound power level (noise emitted by sound sources): • from diffusers, • from equipment upstream of diffusers (air conditioning unit, air management unit, etc.), • sound sources in the space itself. Then the attenuation of the space is included to obtain an overall sound pressure level. Note: when several diffusion appliances are present in the space, the resulting sound pressure level is arrived at by taking into account the pressure levels generated by each appliance at the point of measurement, i.e. distance r (addition of sound pressure levels by squared sum).

SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS (Lp): ASHRAE RECOMMENDATIONS Room Radio, TV studio Conference room Hospital room or hotel room Cinema Retail Restaurant Supermarket Sports hall, pool Assembly workshop Heavy industry Dangerous sound level

NR criteria (ISO) NR 20 NR 25 NR 25 NR 30 NR 35 NR 35 - 40 NR 40 NR 45 - 50 NR 50 NR 60 - 70 NR 85

Level of dB (A) 25 30 30 30 - 35 40 40 - 45 45 50 - 55 55 65 - 75 90

CALCULATION OF SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL (Lp):

Q: directivity; associated to the position of the terminal in the room. r: distance in metres from terminal to centre of the room or the measurement sensor. R: room absorption constant ➭ R = sα / (1-α) . S: total surface are of walls in m2. α: Sabine coefficient (see table below).

ROOM ABSORPTION FACTOR α Room

Room characteristics

Value of α

Radio, TV studio Restaurant, meeting room Office, library

Highly muffled space

0.45

Muffled space

0.25

Medium space

0.15

Museum, hospital

Reverberant space

0.10

Church, workshop, sports hall Highly reverberant space

0.05

13

COMFORT COMPONENTS QUICK DETERMINATION OF ACOUSTIC CRITERIA

ADDING TWO DIFFERENT SOUND POWER LEVELS dB to add on to highest noise level

As a starting point, we could use the following tools to select terminals. In ALDES documentation, the acoustic performance of diffusion terminals is expressed in sound power Lw (NR).

3

2

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

10

12

Difference in noise levels to add (dB)

Example: L1 = 60 dB and L2 = 65 dB So L1 + L2 = L2 + 1.2 L1 + L2 = 66.2 dB

ADDING TWO IDENTICAL SOUND POWER LEVELS Number of sources Increase in noise level

2

3

4

5

6

8

10

3

5

6

7

8

9

10

2 102

6 4

2 m3

ATTENUATION OF ROOM SABINE room constant m2

0

5

2 4

10

LW - Lp (dB)

6

20

8

10

,05 a0 ,1 a 0 15 , a0 5 ,2 a0 ,4 a0

50 100 200

20

500 1000 2000

30 Q1

0,5

0,8 1

Q2

0,75 1

1,5

Q4

1

2

Q8

1,5 2

1,5 2 3

3

2

3

3

4

4

4

6 6

5 6

Example: Dimensions of space: L x W x H = 8 x 4 x 3.1 m Room absorption factor = 0.15

5 6 7 8 9 10 m 8 10 12 14 m

8 10 12

8 10 12

Distance from source in metres

Volume of space = 8 x 4 x 3.1 = 100 m³ Room constant = 25 m² Sabine (see diagram). Location of air supply terminal: Q = 1 Distance from noise source = 3 m Room attenuation = 7.5 dB

4

16 20 m

16 20 25 m

6 4

2 104 8 6 4

2 103 8 6 4

Volume of room L x B x H =m3

14


OCCUPIED AREA This is the user area of the room, located at 30 cm from the walls and between 1.8 and 2 metres high. The table of standard dimensions of diffusers serves to match the air diffusion system with the room or space supplied.

Symbols

Definitions

Ak (m2)

Standard surface area of terminal, determined by ratio of airflow Q (calibrated and known) to the speed of passage Vk (m/s), measured according to ISO EN 12238

Vk (m/s)

Measured speed of air passage on the last diffusion unit

Lt (m)

Range or axial distance between the diffuser and air envelope (set of points of air jet at speed Vt measured according to ISO EN 12238)

Vt (m/s)

Speed defining the jet envelope and a condition of Vr.

Vr (m/s)

Mean residual speed in the occupied area, induced by the selection of speeds Vt at the end of the range Lt

Lp (NR)

Sound pressure level, noise perceived by room occupant

Lw (NR)

Sound power level emitted or noise generated by air passage through diffusion terminal, transcribed according to ASHRAE Noise Rating standard

Air renewal rate

Clean air flow divided by the volume of the space supplied

Mixing rate

Total airflow supplied per hour (new airflow rate + air conditioning rate), divided by the volume of the space. The higher the air mixing rate, the higher the mixing capacity of a diffuser must be to ensure optimum comfort

Mixing capacity

Capacity of a diffuser to mix airflows; serves to compare the performance of ALDES diffusers

15

STANDARD DIMENSIONS COANDA EFFECT D

Also called the ceiling or wall effect, a tendency for an air stream to follow a surface when it is in contact with it. The Coanda effect is obtained with Vk speeds above 2 m/s. With equivalent dimensions and airflow, the Coanda effect increases the range by about 30%. This means it is easier to cover the whole volume of the space.

RANGE

The Coanda effect is optimal for a distance D less than 30 cm.

Ranges are often given for one or two terminal velocities (e.g. 0.25 m/s and 0.5 m/s). The ranges for other terminal velocities are obtained using the correction factors indicated for each table.

CH < 3 M

For most ceiling diffusers and wall terminals, we consider the suitable length of the range Lt as the distance between the terminal and the opposite wall or the mid-distance between two opposed terminals.

Lt

Lt

Lt Vt

Vt

Vt

1.80 m 0.15

Occupied area

3 M < CH < 5 M Lh

Vt

3m

For high ceilings, we can add to the distance between the terminal and the opposite wall the difference between the ceiling height and 3 m. This vertical range Lv must be less than half of the horizontal part Lh, so: Lt=Lh+Lv where Lv≤Lh/2.

Lv

SPACES WITH CEILING HEIGHTS BETWEEN 3 AND 5 M

Occupied area

SPACES WITH CH* ABOVE 5 METRES

CH > 5 M REPRESENTATION OF SPEEDS

In high-ceiling spaces, where new air is generally supplied in the upper strata, the difficulty lies in obtaining a good comfort level in all seasons. A well-controlled range length with reduce the stratification phenomenon in winter and "cold shower" sensations in summer. The tables for long-range diffusers and swirl diffusers let you select a model suited to the required air supply temperatures in winter and summer. *CH = ceiling height.

Lt Vt

2.70 m

SPACES WITH CH* BELOW 3 METRES

Stratification phenomenon in heating mode

Occupied area

16


ANISOTHERMAL DIFFUSION

COANDA EFFECT AND ANISOTHERMAL DIFFUSION

In the case of anisothermal diffusion, blown air is subjected to a buoyancy effect. Consequently, cold air tends to descend, warm air tends to rise and generate a "cold shower" phenomenon or stratification phenomenon (vertical air temperature differences). Cooling The phenomena of premature air jet descent can be offset using the Coanda effect. For DT air supply temperatures greater than 8°C, in association with the Coanda effect, a range where the Vt at the opposite wall is greater than or equal to 0.37 m/s. For wall terminals, a vertical deflection of 15° or 20° can be used. Heating For ceiling heights above 3 m, a suitable diffuser must be used: swirl jet with downward-facing vanes, vertical air supply, etc. This is to avoid stratification phenomena, which are a source of discomfort in spaces with mezzanine areas.

Cool air jet with Coanda effect. No overspeed in occupied areas.

The range of this cool air jet supplied without a Coanda effect is too short and therefore generates a "cold shower".

Numerical simulations are used to visualise the physical phenomena: • Red airflows have a velocity greater than 0.5 m/s. • Navy blue areas show where the air velocity is less than 0.2 m/s.

OBSTACLES

CROSSING AIR STREAMS

An obstacle becomes a deflector when poorly placed in the air stream, particularly for cool air jets.

Avoid crossing air streams with velocities greater than 0.5 m/s.

OBSTACLES AND CROSSING AIR STREAMS • Avoid voluminous obstacles in air streams with a velocity greater than 0.5 m/s. • Avoid crossing air streams with velocities greater than 0.5 m/s.

ASYMMETRY OF RADIATION AND WINDOWS An excessive temperature difference between the room and its walls may generate discomfort: a 10 °C difference between the physical contact temperature and the ambient temperature will generate a sensation of cold walls in winter and warm walls in summer.

ASYMMETRY OF RADIATION Lt < 80 %

100 % > Lt > 80 % + CH

In the presence of large glazed openings (windows, patio doors), orientate air jets towards them. Range too short: hot zones and "cold shower".

VARIABLE AIRFLOW SYSTEMS Modern air diffusion systems have at least three airflow settings. At minimum airflow, ensure that the diffusion equipment has: • a Vk of at least 2 m/s, to guarantee a good Coanda effect and no occurrences of "cold showers", • a range Lt greater than 80% of the length of the ceiling to avoid the creation of warm zones and cool zones. At maximum airflow, ensure that the diffusion equipment has: • a sound power level compatible with the use of the room, even in transient state, • a maximum range Lt of the length of the ceiling, plus the ceiling height, to prevent unpleasant draughts. In summary, a range Lt selected to offer 80% and 100% of the ceiling length + ceiling height will guarantee optimum comfort.

Suitable range: optimum comfort.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS POSITIONING OF EXHAUST INTAKE TERMINAL

Representation of velocities

The positioning of the exhaust intake has only a minor impact on air velocities in the occupied areas. However, an exhaust intake terminal positioned in an air supply stream with a velocity greater than 0.37 m/s will generate a bypass phenomenon. This automatically reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.

INAPPROPRIATE POSITIONING Example of an installation that is comfortable in terms of air velocity in the occupied areas but causes discomfort in terms of temperature. This system is operating in cooling mode. Representation of velocities • 1: Air supply diffuser. • 2: Exhaust intake. • 3: No overspeed so no discomfort due to draughts.

Representation of temperatures

This installation seems to be satisfying in terms of air management. Representation of temperatures • 1: Insufficient coverage of glazed openings on the left, causing local discomfort due to asymmetrical radiation. • 2: Exhaust temperature below that of the ambient temperature, hence poor efficiency of the air conditioning system. • 3: Ambient temperature too high. The exhaust intake terminal is positioned in the air supply stream with a velocity higher than 0.37 m/s. This could also cause acoustic discomfort as the air conditioning equipment will be working flat out to try to reach its temperature setting. In terms of speed and temperature parameters, this installation is uncomfortable.

AIR SUPPLY DIFFUSERS WITH BUILT-IN EXHAUST INTAKE The use of this type of diffuser enables you to eliminate constraints on the positioning of the exhaust intake and generates essential time savings during installation. In the ALDES range we propose COMBINED diffuser models which feature the air supply and exhaust intake functions on the same piece of equipment. In the numerical simulation here we can see how efficient this solution is: • No overspeed so no discomfort due to draughts, • No recycling between air supply and exhaust.

Representation of velocities

17

18


COMFORT AND SELECTING THE RIGHT MODEL Occupant comfort depends on an appropriate technical selection. This selection is subject to the following constraints: • Ceiling height (CH) and positioning, • Mixing rate, • DT on air supply. Firstly we need to select the right model for the application, and then select its dimensions.

SELECTING THE RIGHT MODEL: CH*

CH (m) CH < 3 m

By selecting a model suited to the positioning required and the ceiling height, we can obtain correct coverage of the space without the risk of discomfort due to draughts.

Type of space Retail space, hospitality, etc. Local shops, restaurants, community halls, etc. Hangars, exhibition halls, station halls, sports halls, industrial facilities, etc.

3 m < CH < 5 m

There are a range of products suited to each CH.

CH > 5 m

*CH = ceiling height.

SELECTING THE RIGHT MODEL: MIXING RATE The mixing rate represents the ratio between the total airflow supply (in m³/h) and the volume of the space (in m³). In particular it represents the thermal power to transmit to the room and the fresh air requirements (ventilation). The higher the mixing rate, the higher the mixing capacity of the diffuser needs to be to guarantee balanced and comfortable temperatures throughout the occupied areas.

TEMPERATURE AT END OF RANGE AND MIXING CAPACITY

Standard commercial applications Glazed individual offices Meeting rooms Restaurant

Giving: TM = DtL / DtS

Mixing rate**

1-4 3-6 4-6

4 - 25 6 - 18 6 - 20

*Clean air flow divided by the volume of the space occupied. ** Total airflow supplied per hour (new airflow rate + air conditioning rate), divided by the volume of the space.

MIXING CAPACITY 0.4

A diffuser's mixing capacity can be evaluated by the difference in temperature at the end of its range and the desired ambient temperature. The smaller this difference, the better quality the mixing. The mixing capacity is the ratio between: • the difference between the end of range temperature and the ambient temperature (DtL in °C) and • the difference between the air supply temperature and the ambient temperature (DtS in °C).

Air renewal rate*

Ak

0.35

m2

0.3 0.25

0.42 0.35

0.2

tL tS

0.18

0.28

0.16

0.21 0.16

0.14 0.12

0.132 0.105

0.10

0.078

0.09

0.06 0.049

0.08

0.04

0.07

0.03

0.06 0.055

0.024 0.02

0.05 0.045

SELECTING THE RIGHT MODEL: EQUIPMENT UPSTREAM OF THE DIFFUSER There are several ventilation and air conditioning techniques. Often, the two requirements are combined in the same system. An air conditioning system does not have the same air supply temperatures as a convector fan, whether it uses a water circuit or direct regulation. Their design means that not all air diffusion products offer the same capacity of delivering warm or cool air streams. The tables on the following pages provide a summary of all these restrictions and facilitate your selection of the most suitable diffusion terminal.

0.04

0.016 2

2,5

3

3.5

4 4.5

5

6

7

8

0.011 0.074

L T (m)

Example of a dual-deflection wall-mounted terminal, 400 x 200 mm: • Ak = 0.049 m2, • air supply temperature 17 °C, • ambient temperature 25°C. Where Lt = 7 m, the value of the mixing capacity coefficient is: 0.12 (see graph). Capacity = DtL / DtS = 0.12. So at a distance of 7 m facing the terminal, the temperature in the air stream = 25 - 8 x Capacity = 25 - 0.96 = 24.04 °C.

19

SELECTING DIFFUSERS CEILING HEIGHT (CH) < 3 M

Applications

Air supply on wall

Air supply on ceiling

Range

Reference model

System upline of diffuser Air conditioning Convector fan Ventilation unit

Small terminals Mixing rate 1 - 6

BIM2 300

++

+

-

Core terminals Mixing rate 1 - 4

SR 135

++

-

-

Adjustable-vane terminals Mixing rate 4 - 10

AC102D

++

++

+

Terminals with fixed front bars Mixing rate 4 - 10

Gridlined Wall

++

++

++

Terminals with fixed front bars for floor mounting Mixing rate 4 - 10

Gridlined Floor

+

+

+

Terminal with fixed linear front bars (L/H ≥ 10) Mixing rate 4 - 15

Gridlined Wall

+

++

++

Transfer grilles

AC 181

++

++

++

Small terminals Mixing rate 1 - 6

BIM2 320

++

+

-

Circular fixed air jet diffusers for ceiling tiles Mixing rate 6 - 10

SC 832 T

++

+

-

Circular adjustable air jet diffusers for ceiling tiles Mixing rate 6 - 25

AT 842

+

++

++

Square multi-direction diffusers for ceiling tiles Mixing rate 6 - 20

SF 704 TP

+

++

++

Multi-slot diffusers for ceiling tiles, supply + exhaust Mixing rate 6 - 22

ALD 610 K Combined

+

++

++

++ Optimum comfort and efficient system + Acceptable comfort and acceptable system - Only to be used after in-depth diffusion requirements analysis

20

AIR DIFFUSION AND COMFORT CEILING HEIGHT (CH) < 3 M

Applications


Exhaust intake on wall

Exhaust intake on ceiling

Range

Reference model


Square perforated sheet diffusers for ceiling tiles Mixing rate 6 - 20

SC 360 R

+

+

++

Swirl air jet diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 28

SF 785

+

++

++

Swirl air jet diffusers for ceiling tiles Mixing rate 6 - 32

Twisted 850

+

++

++

Fixed linear diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 18

ALD 610-620

++

+

++

Adjustable linear diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 20

LINED TPS

+

++

++

Small terminals

BIM2 300

++

+

-

Fixed-vane terminals

Gridlined Exhaust

++

+

+

Fixed-vane terminal with filter

AC 161 W

++

+

+

Small terminals

BIM2 300

++

+

-

Frameless terminals for tiles

AU 124

+

++

++

Fixed-vane terminals with filter for tiles

AG 637 W

+

++

++


21

SELECTING DIFFUSERS 3 M < CH < 5 M

Application

Air supply on wall or on duct


Range

Reference model


Adjustable-vane terminals on ducts Mixing rate 4 - 10

GD 102 D

++

++

+

Terminals with fixed front bars Mixing rate 4 - 10

Gridlined Wall

+

+

-


Gridlined Wall

+

++

++

Circular adjustable air jet diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 25

AF 842

+

++

++

Square multi-directional diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 20

SF 704

+

++

+

Square perforated sheet diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 20

SC 310 R

+

++

++

Swirl air jet diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 28

SF 785

+

+

+

Swirl air jet diffusers for ceiling tiles Mixing rate 6 - 32

Twisted 850

+

+

+

Swirl air jet diffusers low airflow Mixing rate 6 - 18

SR 861

+

+

+

Fixed linear diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 18

ALD 610 - 620

+

+

+


22

AIR DIFFUSION AND COMFORT 3 M < CH < 5 M

Applications

Range

Reference model

Adjustable linear diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 20

Lined S

+

+

++

Long-range diffusers Mixing rate 8 - 25

DGH 2

-

+

+

Fixed-vane terminals

AC 123

++

+

+

Adjustable-vane terminals on ducts

GD 102

+

++

+


AC 161 W

+

++

+

Fixed-vane terminals with filter for tiles

AG 637 W

+

++

++


Exhaust intake on wall or on duct

Exhaust intake on ceiling



23

SELECTING DIFFUSERS CH > 5 M

Applications

Air supply on wall or on duct


Exhaust intake on wall or on duct

Range

Reference model

System upline of diffuser Convector fan Air conditioning Roof Top* unit

Fabric ducts Mixing rate 10 - 25

CSI

+

+

++


Gridlined Wall

+

+

-

Adjustable-vane terminals on ducts Mixing rate 4 - 10

GD 102 D

++

++

+

Circular adjustable air jet diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 25

AF 842

+

++

+

Adjustable swirl diffusers Mixing rate 6 - 28

AR 883

-

+

+

Long-range jet diffusers Mixing rate 8 - 25

DGH 2

-

++

++

Fixed-vane terminal

AC 123

+

++

+


AC 161 W

++

+

-

Adjustable-vane terminal on duct

GD 102

+

++

++


*Rooftop air conditioning unit

24

SMALL TERMINALS

CONTENTS Core terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P25 Small terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P32 Security terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P37

CORE TERMINALS

25

SR 143 - SR 145 SERIES - STEEL

SR 143 terminal

DIMENSIONS

SR 145 terminal

USE • Air exhaust or supply. • SR 143: air exhaust only. • SR 145: air supply only. • Wall or ceiling mounted.

L E

CONSTRUCTION • Terminal with adjustable central core. • Locked in position with counter-nut after positioning. • Outer ring fitted with airtight seal. • Material: steel.

L1

FINISH • Steel with epoxy paint coating RAL 9010 white.

MOUNTING • Slotted into the duct using a sleeve. S-

ACCESSORIES • Galvanised steel connection sleeve supplied.

S+

SR 143 terminal with sleeve

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Diameters from 80 mm to 200 mm.

L

TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection tables on following pages.

L1

S-

S+

SR 145 terminal with sleeve

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Ø d1 (mm) 80 100 125 160 200

Ø D1 (mm) 108 130 155 190 236

Ød (mm) 61 75 100 130 157

ØD (mm) 115 137 161 218 248

L1 (mm) 50 50 50 50 50

L (mm) 41 47 49 60 75

26

SMALL TERMINALS SR 149 SERIES - PLASTIC

DIMENSIONS

SR 149 terminal

USE • Air exhaust or supply. • Wall or ceiling mounted.

CONSTRUCTION 52

63

• Terminal with adjustable central core. • L ocked in position with counter-nut after positioning. • Outer ring fitted with airtight seal. • Material: polypropylene.

FINISH • Polypropylene, RAL 9010 white.

MOUNTING • Slotted into the duct using a sleeve. SR 149 terminal with sleeve

ACCESSORIES • Plastic connection sleeve supplied.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

Ø B (mm) 100 125 150 200

• Diameters from 100 mm to 200 mm.


Ø C (mm) 80 100 120 170

Ø D (mm) 150 170 190 240

Ø D1 (mm) 122 155 168 220

SR 143 - SR 145 - SR 149 SERIES Standard range Dimensions Ø 100 Ø 125 Ø 150 Ø 160 Ø 200

SR 143

SR 145 (air supply)

SR 149

Code 11052226 11052227

Code 11052204 11052205

Code 11001996 11001997 11001998

11052228 11052229

11052206 11052207

Mounting • Slots into duct using sleeve.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • Galvanised steel or plastic connection sleeve (supplied).

11001999 Finish • Models 143 - 145: steel with epoxy paint coating RAL 9010 white. • Model 149: polypropylene RAL 9010 white.

27

CORE TERMINALS

SR 143 SERIES - AIR EXHAUST DIAMETER 80

DIAMETER 100

Pt (Pa)

S

Pt (Pa)

S

Lp10A Lp10A

10 14 18 22

35

70

qv 110 145180 250 m3/h

DIAMETER 125

10 14 18 22

35

70

qv 110 145180 250 m3/h

DIAMETER 160

Pt (Pa)

S

Pt (Pa)

S

Lp10A Lp10A

10 14 18 22

35

70

110 145 180

qv 250 (m3/h)

10 14 1822

35

DIAMETER 200 Pt (Pa)

S

Lp10A

10 14 1822

35

70 110145 180

360

qv 720 (m3/h)

Lp10A: sound pressure level (dB(A)) taking into account 4 dB noise attenuation in room.

S = opening in mm.

70

110 145180

qv 360 (m3/h)

28

SMALL TERMINALS SR 145 SERIES - AIR SUPPLY

DIAMETER 80

DIAMETER 100

Pt (Pa)

S

Pt (Pa)

S

Lp10A

Lp10A

10

14 18 22

35

70

110 145 180

qv 250 (m3/h)

DIAMETER 125

10

14 18 22

35

70

110 145 180

DIAMETER 160

Pt (Pa)

S

Pt (Pa)

S

Lp10A

10

14 18 22

35

70

110 145 180

Lp10A

qv 250 (m3/h)

35

70

110

DIAMETER 200 Pt (Pa)

S

Lp10A

35

qv 250 (m3/h)

70

110

145 180 215

360

qv 720 (m3/h)

Lp10A: sound pressure level (dB(A)) taking into account 4 dB noise attenuation in room.

S = opening in mm.

145

180 215

qv 360 (m3/h)

29

CORE TERMINALS

SR 149 SERIES SELECTION - SUPPLY - EXHAUST

+ 10 + 15 + 20

S = opening in mm.

Ø 150 +7 + 10,5 + 14

50

60

80

100

ΔPt (Pa)

105 33 45 23

150 38 60 29 35 22 22 -

240 47 100 37 55 30 35 25

350 53 140 44 80 38 50 31

250 55 160 48 105 45

300 46 170 50

200

300

Lw (NR) ΔPt (Pa) Lw (NR) ΔPt (Pa) Lw (NR) ΔPt (Pa) Lw (NR)

150

Ø 125

200 S = opening in mm.

+5

Airflow

qv (m3/h)

Airflow

qv (m3/h)

60

80

100

150

ΔPt (Pa)

36

60

95

215

Lw (NR)

20

28

35

45

ΔPt (Pa)

20

35

52

115

200

Lw (NR)

-

21

27

37

45

ΔPt (Pa)

29

60

105

250

Lw (NR)

20

27

37

47

+5 + 10 + 15 + 20

Ø 200

S = opening in mm.

S = opening in mm.

Ø 100

+7 + 10,5 + 14

qv (m3/h)

50 80 34

ΔPt (Pa) Lw (NR) ΔPt (Pa) Lw (NR) ΔPt (Pa) Lw (NR) ΔPt (Pa) Lw (NR)

Airflow 60 80 115 180 38 43 40 70 29 35 30 48 25 31 32 26

100

150

200

100 40 68 35 45 31

180 43 125 44 85 38

200 50 130 46

300

400

Airflow

qv (m3/h)

80

100

150

200

ΔPt (Pa)

42

65

140

240

Lw (NR)

25

32

43

52

ΔPt (Pa)

32

70

125

Lw (NR)

22

250

36

44

56

ΔPt (Pa)

40

70

160

250

Lw (NR)

27

35

47

56

S+

S = opening in mm.

30

SMALL TERMINALS SR 135 SERIES - STEEL

DIMENSIONS

SR 135 terminal

USE

ØA

• Air supply or exhaust. • Ceiling-mounted.

CONSTRUCTION

C

45

• Terminal with adjustable central core. orizontal air diffusion. •H • L ocked in position with counter-nut after positioning. • The central core is fitted with a sound-proofing material to ensure a low sound power level.

FINISH

ØB

• Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white.

MOUNTING

SR 135 terminal

• Fixed directly in the duct using friction springs supplied, or using a connection sleeve.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

80 100 125 160 200

• Metal connection sleeve not supplied.

TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection table below.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Dimensions

SR 135

80 100 125 160 200

11052270 11052271 11052272 11052273 11052274

Plasterboard penetration sleeve L 100 11053970 11053971 11053972 11053973 11053974

Ø A (mm) 80 100 125 160 200

Ø B (mm) 106 135 160 194 238

Standard dimensions: from 80 mm to 200 mm diameter.

C (mm) 15 15 15 15 18

CORE TERMINALS

SR 135 SERIES - STEEL SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Diam. (mm) 80

100

125

160

200

Airflow (m3/h) Lp (dB(A)) PD (Pa) Lt (m) Lp (dB(A)) PD (Pa) Lt (m) Lp (dB(A)) PD (Pa) Lt (m) Lp (dB(A)) PD (Pa) Lt (m) Lp (dB(A)) PD (Pa) Lt (m)

20

50

< 20 7 0.2

38 44 3.0 < 20 12 0.5

100

33 48 3.0 < 20 16 2.5 < 20 5 1.5

200

300

400

500

35 64 5.2 23 20 3.1 20 15 3.6

33 45 4.2 27 34 4.5

40 80 4.9 34 60 5.2

39 94 5.5

200

300

400

500

38 76 25 24 23 18 -

35 54 30 41 -

44 96 36 73 -

42 114 -

SELECTION - EXHAUST Diam. (mm)

Airflow 20 50 100 (m3/h) Lp (dB(A)) < 20 40 80 PD (Pa) 8 50 Lt (m) Lp (dB(A)) < 20 36 100 PD (Pa) 15 60 Lt (m) Lp (dB(A)) < 20 125 PD (Pa) 19 Lt (m) Lp (dB(A)) < 20 160 PD (Pa) 6 Lt (m) Lp (dB(A)) 200 PD (Pa) Lt (m) Lp values take into account noise attenuation of 4 dB(A) for the room. Max. setting (a).

31

32

SMALL TERMINALS BIM2 300 - BIM2 320 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

BIM2 300 terminal, white

DIMENSIONS

BIM2 320 terminal, white

FIELD OF APPLICATION

DESCRIPTION

C

D

• Attractively finished injected aluminium terminal. • 0 ° deflection for 300 model and 90° for 320 model. •C ircular connection. • Airtight seal. elivered in individual box. •D

ØA

F

ØB

• Air supply and intake for all exhaust or heat recovery applications in small commercial or non-residential buildings. • BIM2 300: air supply on wall or air exhaust on wall and ceiling. • B IM2 320: air supply on ceiling.

ØB

BIM2 300 and 320

FINISH

BIM2 300

• Epoxy paint, RAL 9010 White, 30 % matt.

MOUNTING

Ø = ( N + 10 )

•C lipped directly into dedicated metal sleeve. The Aldes sleeve is essential for safe installation in a ceiling position. • The safety cable supplied must be used if the terminal is installed in a ceiling position (see Installation page).

ØN

ØA H

ACCESSORIES

C

D

• Sleeve fitted with brackets for fast "quarter-turn" installation, suited to BA13 or plaster ceilings.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

ØB

• Ø 125 mm. •Ø 160 mm. 200 mm. •Ø

BIM2 300 and 320 with its metal sleeve

BIM2 320

Standard dimensions (mm)

Full range Use Air supply

WallCeiling mounted installation installation BIM2 300 BIM2 320

Exhaust intake BIM2 300

BIM2 300

Designation

Finish

Mounting

White

Sleeve

White

Sleeve

Reference BIM2 300

Ø 125 mm

11052292

Ø 160 mm

11052293

Ø 200 mm

11052294 BIM2 320

Ø 125 mm

11052297

Ø 160 mm

11052298

Ø 200 mm

11052299

Ø

ØA

ØB

C

D

125

122

172

22

160

157

213

22

200

172

253

22

Weight (kg) BIM2 300

BIM2 320

0.43

0.38

0.61

0.57

0.88

0.77

F

H

Q

52

86

130

100

52

120

127

150

52

136

127

230

SMALL TERMINALS

33

BIM2 300 - BIM2 320 SERIES - ALUMINIUM PRODUCT INSTALLATION Attention: Only use with sleeves indicated here:

1.

2.

Fix the duct to the sleeve using a clamp collar. 3.

Reposition all elements and turn the sleeve to attach it to the ceiling. 4.

Install the safety cable supplied.

Clip the terminal into the sleeve.

Designation

References

Ø 125

11053352

Ø 160

11053353

Ø 200

11053354

EASY TO CLEAN • A simple damp cloth is sufficient, as the epoxy paint prevents dust from sticking. • If necessary, it is simple to pull the terminal out of the sleeve, it unclips easily. • If the safety cable was correctly installed, the terminal will hang in place, enabling the maintenance provider to use both hands to clean the duct.

34

SMALL TERMINALS BIM2 300 - BIM2 320 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

Ak (m2) Model Diameter WITHData SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY CEILING EFFECT

0.0058 BIM2 300

0.0104 BIM2 300

0.0161 BIM2 300

0.0043 BIM2 320

0.0067 BIM2 320

0.0104 BIM2 320

Airflow (m3/h)

Lp10A [dB(A)]

25 0

50 0

75 10

100 17

125 23

150 28

175 31

200 35

∆P (Pa)

1.1

3.7

7.7

12.9

19.4

26.9

35.5

45.2

Lt (m)

1.03

2.06

3.1

4.13

5.16

6.19

7.23

8.26

Lp10A [dB(A)]

0

0

0

5

11

15

19

125

160

250

300

23

28

33

∆P (Pa)

0.4

1.3

2.7

4.5

6.8

9.4

12.4

15.8

23.6

32.7

Lt (m)

0.77

1.54

2.31

3.08

3.86

4.63

5.4

6.17

7.71

9.25

Lp10A [dB(A)]

0

0

0

0

2

6

10

14

19

24

∆P (Pa)

0.2

0.6

1.2

2.1

3.1

4.3

5.6

7.2

10.7

14.9

Lt (m)

0.4

1.24

1.86

2.48

3.1

3.72

4.34

4.96

6.2

7.44

200

Lp10A [dB(A)]

6

20

29

35

39

∆P (Pa)

1.4

5.6

12.2

21.3

32.8

Lt (m)

1.2

125

2.4

3.6

4.8

6

Lp10A [dB(A)]

11

20

26

31

35

38

41

∆P (Pa)

2.4

5.2

9

13.9

19.7

26.6

34.5

Lt (m)

1.9

2.9

3.8

4.8

5.8

6.7

7.7

160

Lp10A [dB(A)]

17

21

24

27

32

36

∆P (Pa)

3.3

4.7

6.4

8.3

12.7

18.1

Lt (m)

3.9

4.6

5.4

6.2

7.7

9.3

200

Lp10A [dB(A)]: sound pressure in a 10 m2 room Sabine (4 dB attenuation). Vt = 0.37 m/s. Vk (m/s) = [airflow (m3/h) / 3600] / Ak (m2).

KOCT CORRECTIONS (DB) Octave band (Hz)

100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000

BIM2 300

8

BIM2 320

-8

2

1

0

-13 -11 -10

-1

1

0

-2

-6

-10

-13

-16

-18

-19

-20

-20

-20

-19

-16

-14

-11

-8

-4

-5

-6

-8

-14

-19

-23

-26

-27

-28

-28

-29

-30

-27

-26

-23

Add Koct to the table value of Lp10A to obtain the sound power level (Lw) in dB.

35

SMALL TERMINALS

BIM2 300 - BIM2 320 SERIES - ALUMINIUM SELECTION - EXHAUST Ak (m2) 0.005 0.009 0.014

Model BIM2 300 BIM2 300

Diameter 125 160

BIM2 300

200

0.0038 BIM2 320

125

0.006

BIM2 320

160

0.0093 BIM2 320

200

Airflow (m3/h)

Data Lp10A [dB(A)]

25 0

50 0

75 10

100 18

125 23

150 27

∆P (Pa)

1.5

5.4

11.3

19

28.4

39.5

Lp10A [dB(A)]

8

14

20

∆P (Pa)

6.5

175

200

250

300

24

28

35

40

9.8

13.6

18

22.9

34.4

47.8

Lp10A [dB(A)]

8

14

19

23

30

36

∆P (Pa)

4.4

6.1

8.1

10.3

15.4

21.5

Lp10A [dB(A)]

0

8

18

26

32

∆P (Pa)

2.2

8.5

18.7

32.7

50.3

Lp10A [dB(A)]

9

17

23

28

32

∆P (Pa)

7.7

13.5

20.8

29.6

39.9

Lp10A [dB(A)]

8

14

19

23

27

33

38

∆P (Pa)

5.8

8.9

12.7

17.1

22.1

34.1

48.5

Lp10A [dB(A)]: sound pressure in a 10 m2 room Sabine (4 dB attenuation). Vk (m/s) = [airflow (m3/h) / 3600] / Ak (m2).

KOCT CORRECTIONS (DB) Octave band (Hz)

100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000

BIM2 300

0

-3

-2

-4

-7

-3

2

-3

-7

-11

-14

-17

-19

-20

-21

-20

-20

-20

-16

-13

-11

BIM2 320

-4

-7

-6

-5

-4

1

1

-2

-5

-7

-8

-11

-13

-16

-17

-18

-20

-21

-20

-19

-17

Add Koct to the table value of Lp10A to obtain the sound power level (Lw) in dB.

MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

Range Designation

References Connection sleeve

Connection sleeve Connection sleeve: Sleeve fitted with brackets for fast and safe "quarter-turn" installation, suited to BA13 or plaster ceilings. Made of galvanised steel.

Ø 125

11053352

Ø 160

11053353

Ø 200

11053354

36

SMALL TERMINALS BEM 780 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

BEM 780 terminal, white

USE • Exhaust intake. • E xhaust intake only. Wall or ceiling mounted. D

CONSTRUCTION C

• Spun aluminium body. ore comprising 15 x 15 mm aluminium mesh. •C

FINISH

E

• Epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix. Ak MOUNTING 2 (m )

Ø (mm)

qv (m 3/h) 30

60

75

BEM 780 terminal

0.0041 ACCESSORIES

125

– 2

– 1

• 0.0063 Mounting brackets for 160attachment to ceiling.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS 0.0030 BIM 320

22

–

2.8 5 • Standard diameters 100 from 100 to 200 mm. 0.0038

125

TECHNICAL DETAILS

21 2.2

– 4

– 4.1

36 5.6 31 4.4

– 3

– 25 – 6

– 5.1

41 6.7 36 5.5

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

90

• Wall-mounted by slotting into duct (screw attachment if necessary). 0.0030 BIM 300 – – 21 – 28 – 35 • Ceiling-mounted with100 mounting brackets supplied as accessories. 2.8 7 5.6 10 6.9 16 8.3 – 6

– 32 – 19

26 6.1

44 8.3 40 6.6

130

23 – 11

– 50 – 34

160 • 0.0053 See selection table below. 0.0034 BIM 400 ACCESSORIES PROPOSED 100

– – – – 24 – 31 2.5 2 4.9 6 6.1 10 7.4 • 0.0044 M ounting brackets for attachment to ceiling 11053493). 125 – –(article – code – – – 24 1.9 1 3.8 3 4.7 4 5.7 0.0093 160 SELECTION - EXHAUST Ak 0.0113 (m 2)

Ø 200 (mm)

0.0043 0.0030 0.0055 0.0041

BEM 780 BIM 300 100 125

0.0117 0.0063

160

0.0030 0.0132 0.0038

BIM 320 200 100 125

0.0053

160

0.0034 0.0044

BIM 400 100 125

0.0093

160

0.0113

200

0.0043 0.0055

BEM 780 100 125

0.0117

160

0.0132

200

The Lw (NR) values do not take into

qv (m 3/h) 30 – 2 2.8 – 1 2

– 1 7 –– 1

60

– 21 4,5 5.6 –– 2.5 4.1

75 –– 3 10 –– 1 3

23 28 6 6.9 –– 3 5.1

– 14 – 6

90 – 6 16 –– 2 6

32 35 7 8.3 – 26 4 6.1

– 9 23 – 3 11

38 8.8 25 5.7

47 9.5 41 6.8

– 2 – 1

Lw Vk

– 2 – 1

– 1 – 1

– Pa

– 4.9 – 3.8

– 4,5 – 2.5

– 6 – 3

– 3 – 1

24 6.1 – 4.7

23 6 – 3

32 7 – 4

– 9 – 3

47 – 10.8 27 780 33 – 7.1 14

– 53 – 57 11.7 86 – 45 – 25 8.4 43

– 36 – 12 10.1 19 – 28 – 5 4.8 8 21 – 130 3.91605

20 38 5 8.8 – 25 3 5.7

44 – 8.3 50 40 – 47 in room. 6.6the34 9.5 41 6.8 – 31 – 10 7.4 14 – 24 – 36 4 5.7 6 8.3 23 3.9

– 6 – 2

– 19 BEM – 8

36 8.3 23 3.9

22 – 36 – 41 – w L 2.8 V k P5a 5.6 25 6.7 32 21 – 31 – 36 – account noise6attenuation 2.2 4any4.4 5.5 19

– 2.5 – 1.9

160

Model

20 5 – 3

– 26 47 – 5 10.8 6 27 6 19 – 33 – –– 2 4 14 4 8 7.1 – – 2.6 3 – 53 – 57 11.7 86 – 45 – 25 8.4 43

210

250

A (mm) 100 125 42 160 – 49 9.2 20 11.2 200

51 11

300 – L Bw(mm) V k Pa

– 29

– 65

37 – 6.3 12 29 – 5.1210 9

42 – 7.5 18 35 – 6.125013

23 42 – 29 49 – 5 20 5 11.2 6 29 7 9.2 25 – 20 – 3.4 5 4.1 7

51 11

158 158 198 248

39 – 30019 7.3 Lw – V k Pa

29 – 4.9 10

– 65

– 36 – 12 10.1 19 – 28 – 5 4.8 8 21 – 3.9 5

37 – 6.3 12 29 – 5.1 9

42 – 7.5 18 35 – 6.1 13

39 – 7.3 19

– 5 – 2

23 5

29 6 25 4.1

29 – 4.9 10

26 6 – 4 – 2.6

– 6 – 4 – 3

20 3.4

– 5 – 5

– 7 – 7

C (mm) 14 14 14 14

D (mm) 54 54 54 54

SECURITY TERMINALS

37

SCR 125 SERIES - STEEL

DIMENSIONS

SCR 125 F14 terminal

USE

• Rear shaft and front panel made of galvanised steel. • Front panel made of perforated sheet metal offering 45 % free air passage. • Mounting flange made of galvanised steel (F14 attachment).

FINISH

ØD

ØB

CONSTRUCTION

15

Ø D1

• Air exhaust or supply for all ventilation applications in securitysensitive areas. • The SCR 125 was specially designed for prison or psychiatric hospital environments. • Wall or ceiling mounted.

2

L

SCR 125 F14 terminal

• Steel with epoxy paint coating RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Ø D (mm) 100 125 160 200 250

MOUNTING • Terminal fixed in place using rear flange (F14 attachment).

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Standard diameters from 100 to 250 mm.

TECHNICAL DETAILS

Ø D1 (mm) 132 157 192 232 282

Ø B(mm) 80 105 140 180 230

L (mm) 175 175 175 175 175

• See selection table below.

SCR 125 SERIES Range with choice of options Dimensions Ø 100 Ø 125 Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250

SCR 125 F14 11002991 11002992 11002993 11002994 11002995

Available options Mounting • Stainless steel F14 flange. • Pre-drilled F14 flange. • Specific length L.

SELECTION - EXHAUST Ø (mm) 100 125 160 200 250

Lw (NR) ∆Pt (Pa) Lw (NR) ∆Pt (Pa) Lw (NR) ∆Pt (Pa) Lw (NR) ∆Pt (Pa) Lw (NR) ∆Pt (Pa)

60 90 120 180 210 240 270 300 350 400 30 (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) 24 15 60 26 38 5 20 45 80 180 27 35 41 18 32 72 98 128 23 27 33 37 14 31 42 54 69 85 116 23 26 31 13 17 22 28 35 47 62

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room.

Finish • Epoxy paint according to RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

38

INDOOR TERMINALS

CONTENTS Single and dual deflection terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p39 Terminals for circular ducts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P46 Grid terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P51 Fixed-vane terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P60 Fixed-vane transfer terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P70 Pressed terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P72 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P75 Plenums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P77 Mixing capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P79

SINGLE AND DUAL DEFLECTION TERMINALS

39

SC 101 - SC 101 D SERIES - STEEL

SC 101 terminal

DIMENSIONS

SC 101 D terminal

USE

26

6

27

20

• Air supply or exhaust intake. • Dual deflection air supply terminals. • Single deflection exhaust intake terminals. • Wall-mounted.

CONSTRUCTION • SC 101: single deflection terminal (exhaust intake) with horizontal, individually adjustable vanes, pitch 20 mm. • SC 101 D: dual deflection terminal (air supply) with vertical vanes at rear and horizontal, individually adjustable vanes on front, pitch 20 mm. • Material: steel.

SC 101 - terminal only

76

FINISH • Steel with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart or galvanised steel with natural hue. View the list of available colours in the appendix. • F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment to frame. • F3: concealed attachment using friction clips. • F5: concealed clasp attachment. For more information, see page 76.

SC 101 - terminal with AGB or SGS damper fitted

46

MOUNTING

ACCESSORIES

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions range from 75 x 75 to 2025 x 1500 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for SC 101 series. • Dimensions range from 75 x 75 to 1500 x 1500 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for SC 101 D series. For further information refer to the Range pages below.

TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection tables on following pages. • See induction rates at end of chapter.

SC 101 D - terminal only

96

• SGS damper (galvanised steel) and AGB damper (rough aluminium) with counter-rotary action. • Fitted to terminal with S clips (supplied). • Galvanised steel F4 or F6 mounting frame. • Galvanised steel connection plenum with rear or side branch connection. For more information, see pages 75 and 77.

SC 101 D - terminal with AGB or SGS damper fitted

40

INDOOR TERMINALS SC 102 - SC 102 D SERIES - STEEL

SC 102 terminal

DIMENSIONS

SC 102 D terminal

USE 20

26

6

27

20


CONSTRUCTION SC 102 - terminal only

76

• SC 102: single deflection terminal (exhaust intake) with vertical, individually adjustable vanes, pitch 20 mm. • S C 102 D: dual deflection terminal (air supply) with horizontal vanes at rear and vertical, individually adjustable vanes on front, pitch 20 mm. • Material: steel.

FINISH • Steel with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart or galvanised steel with natural hue. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING


46

• F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment to frame. • F3: concealed attachment using friction clips. • F5: concealed clasp attachment. For more information, see page 76.

ACCESSORIES SC 102 D - terminal only

96

• SGS damper (galvanised steel) and AGB damper (rough aluminium) with counter-rotary action. • Fitted to terminal with S clips (supplied). • Galvanised steel F4 or F6 mounting frame. •G alvanised steel connection plenum with rear or side branch connection. For more information, see pages 75 and 77.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions range from 75 x 75 to 1500 x 2025 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for SC 102 series. •D imensions range from 75 x 75 to 1500 x 1500 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for SC 102 D series. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


SC 102 D - terminal with AGB or SGS damper fitted


41

AC 101 - AC 101 D SERIES - ALUMINIUM

AC 101 terminal

DIMENSIONS

AC 101 D terminal

USE

L + 32 x H + 32 27 6

CONSTRUCTION

LxH

AC 101 - terminal only

76

• AC 101: single deflection terminal (exhaust intake) with horizontal, individually-adjustable vanes, pitch 20 mm. • AC 101 D: dual deflection terminal (air supply) with vertical vanes at rear and horizontal, individually adjustable vanes on front, pitch 20 mm. • Material: aluminium.

26

20


FINISH • Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING

AC 101 - terminal with AGB or SGS damper fitted

46


ACCESSORIES AC 101 D - terminal only

96

• SGS damper (galvanised steel) and AGB damper (rough aluminium) with counter-rotary action. • Fitted to terminal with S clips (supplied). • Galvanised steel F4 or F6 mounting frame. • Galvanised steel connection plenum with rear or side branch connection. For more information, see pages 75 and 77.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions range from 75 x 75 to 2025 x 1500 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for the AC 101 series. • Dimensions range from 75 x 75 to 1500 x 1500 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for the AC 101 D series. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


AC 101 D - terminal with AGB or SGS damper fitted

42

INDOOR TERMINALS AC 102 - AC 102 D SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

AC 102 D terminal

USE

L + 32 x H + 32 27 6

CONSTRUCTION • AC 102: single deflection terminal (exhaust intake) with vertical, individually adjustable vanes, pitch 20 mm. • AC 102 D: dual deflection terminal (air supply) with horizontal vanes at rear and vertical, individually adjustable vanes on front, pitch 20 mm. • Material: aluminium.

20

20


26

AC 102 terminal

LxH

AC 102 - terminal only

76

FINISH • Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING


46


ACCESSORIES

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions range from 75 x 75 to 1500 x 2025 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for the AC 102 series. •D imensions range from 75 x 75 to 1500 x 1500 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for the AC 102 D series. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


AC 102 D - terminal only

96

• SGS damper (galvanised steel) and AGB damper (rough aluminium) with counter-rotary action. • Fitted to terminal with S clips (supplied). • Galvanised steel F4 or F6 mounting frame. •G alvanised steel connection plenum with rear or side branch connection. For more information, see pages 75 and 77.

AC 102 D - terminal with AGB or SGS damper fitted


43

101 - 102 SERIES

Standard range Dimensions

DD AC 102 D F3 terminal

DD SC 102 D F3 terminal

Code 11050577 11050578 11050579 11050580 11050581 11050582 11050583 11050584 11050585 11050586 11050587 11050588 11050589 11050590 11050591 11050592 11050593

Code 11050060 11050061 11050062 11050063 11050064 11050065 11050066 11050067 11050068 11050069 11050070 11050071 11050072 11050073 11050074 11050075 11050076

200 x 100 250 x 100 300 x 100 400 x 100 500 x 100 250 x 150 300 x 150 400 x 150 500 x 150 600 x 150 400 x 200 500 x 200 600 x 200 800 x 200 600 x 300 800 x 300 1000 x 300

SD AC 101 F3 TERMINAL

SD SC 101 F3 terminal

Code 11050537 11050538 11050539 11050540 11050541 11050542 11050543 11050544 11050545 11050546 11050547 11050548 11050549 11050550 11050551 11050552 11050553 Finish • AC model: anodised aluminium finish with natural satin hue. • SC model: epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white.

Mounting • Concealed attachment using friction clips.

Code 11050020 11050021 11050022 11050023 11050024 11050025 11050026 11050027 11050028 11050029 11050030 11050031 11050032 11050033 11050034 11050035 11050036

Range with choice of options Aluminium model

Code 11002001 11002002 11002003 11002201

AC 101 AC 101 D AC 102 AC 102 D

Steel model

Code 11002020 11002021 11002022 11002023

SC 101 SC 101 D SC 102 SC 102 D

Operational dimensions H/L (mm) 75 100 150 200 250 300 400 450 500

200

250

300

400

450

500

600

700

800

1000

1200 ✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

●

●

●

●

✖

●

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

●

●

●

✖

●

●

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

●

✖

●

●

✖

●

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

●

✖

●

●

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

✖

● Dimensions of standard range.

Available options Mounting • F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment in frame. • F3: concealed attachment using friction clips. • F5: concealed clasp attachment (use F6 frame).

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • SGS and AGB dampers: see p.75. • F4 and F6 mounting frames: see p.75. • MT and ME plenums: see p.77.

Finish • Anodised finish, natural satin hue (AC models only). • Galvanised steel, natural hue (SC models only). • Epoxy paint finish from RAL colour chart (all models). View the list of available colours in the appendix.

44

INDOOR TERMINALS

SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak (m2) 0.0074

200 x 75

0.0110

300 x 75 200 x 100 400 x 75 300 x 100 600 x 75 400 x 100 800 x 75 500 x 100 1000 x 75 600 x 100 1200 x 75 800 x 100 1000 x 100 600 x 150 1200 x 100 800 x 150 1000 x 150 800 x 200 1200 x 150 1000 x 200 1200 x 200 800 x 300 1000 x 300 800 x 400 1200 x 300 1000 x 400 1200 x 400 1000 x 500 1200 x 500

0.0160 0.0240 0.0300 0.0400 0.0490 0.0600 0.0780 0.1050 0.1320 0.1600 0.2100 0.2800 0.3500 0.4200

qv (m3/h) 150 200

LxH (mm)

200 x 150 300 x 150 200 x 200

400 300 500 400 500 300 600 400 500 400 600 500 600 500 600

x 150 x 200 x 150 x 200 x 200 x 300 x 200 x 300 x 300 x 400 x 300 x 400 x 400 x 500 x 500

300

400

22 5.8 27 7.5 5.9 25 7,5 40 – 4.1 19 5.5 28 8.2 3.8 10 5.0 18 7.6 40 – 3.4 – 4.5 21 6.8 28 2.6 5 3.5 8 5.2 19 6.9 – 3.7 – 5.6 20 2.3 4 34.5 8 4.6 – 5.0 16 2.8 5 3.7 – 2.8 – 2.3

500

900

1200

1500

3000

5000 Lw Vk

9.1 34 7.4 15 6.0 10 5.7 5 5.2 4

25 5.8 21 4.6 – 3.5 – 2.8 – 2.3

9.3 23 8.3 15 7.2 8 6.5 6 5.9 4

800 x 500

Lw Vk

700

Lt Pa

29 12 6.5 29 23 10 29 13 4.9 17 6.2 27 19 9.1 25 12 32 16 4.0 11 5.1 18 6.8 32 15 8.2 21 11 22 14 34 18 3.2 7 4.2 12 5.5 22 6.9 34 – 7.2 16 9.2 23 12 29 15 2.5 4 3.2 7 4.3 13 5.3 20 – 8.0 17 11 23 13 2.4 4 3.2 7 4.0 11 – 9.5 18 12 35 2.5 4 3.2 7 6.3 – 9.5 15 12.5 31 2.1 3.0 2.6 5.0 5.1 – 11 26 2.0 2.8 4.0 – 9.0 20 – – 3.0 15 2.4 – 2.0

27 30 24 18 15 11 18 6 16.5 4.1 15 2.8

Lt Pa

38 – 6.9 32 33 30 5.0 17 27 27 4.0 11 24 25 3.3 7.5

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Vt = 0.37 m/s. Tests conducted on dual deflection terminals with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238.

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE Ak (m2) 0.013

200 x 100

0.020

300 x 100 200 x 150 400 x 100 300 x 150 600 x 100 400 x 150 800 x 100 500 x 150 1000 x 100 600 x 150 1200 x 100 800 x 150 1000 x 150 800 x 200 1200 x 150 600 x 300 1000 x 200 500 x 400 1200 x 200 800 x 300 1000 x 300 800 x 400 1000 x 400 800 x 500 1200 x 400 1000 x 400 1200 x 500

0.030 0.045 0.060 0.075 0.093 0.125 0.150 0.175 0.200 0.260 0.350 0.420 0.530

qv (m3/h) 200 300

LxH (mm)

200 x 200

17 4.2 8 2.8 – 1.9

– 12 – 5 – 2

300 x 200 400 x 200 500 300 600 400 500 400

x x x x x x

200 300 200 300 300 400

600 x 400 500 x 500 600 x 500

Lw Vk

19 4.2 11 2.9 – 1.9

– 12 – 6 – 2

400

18 3.7 10 2.5

– 10 – 4

500

15 3.1 9 2.3 – 1.8

750

– 7 – 4 – 2

19 3.5 14 2.7 10 2.2 – 1.6

1000

– 8 – 5 – 4 – 2

22 3.8 18 3.0 11 2.2 – 1.8 – 1.6

– 10 – 6 – 4 – 2 – 2

1500

27 4.5 21 3.4 17 2.7 13 2.4 11 2.1 – 1.6

– 14 – 8 – 5 – 4 – 3 – 2

2000

24 3.7 21 3.2 18 2.8 13 2.2

Pa

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted on single deflection terminals with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238.

– 9 – 7 – 5 – 4

3000

28 4.1 23 3.2 20 2.8 13 2.0 7 1.6

– 12 – 7 – 5 – 3 – 2

4000

29 4.1 27 3.7 20 2.6 15 2.1

– 12 – 9 – 5 – 3

5000 Lw Vk

Pa

26 3.3 21 3.3

– 8 – 5

SINGLE AND DUAL DEFLECTION TERMINALS CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER Vt

45

CORRECTIONS FOR DEFLECTION

Vt (m/s)

0.25

0.375

0.5

0.625

Vane angle

Lt

Vk

DPT

LW

Lt (A) Lt (B)

x 1.5 x 1.05

x1 x 0.7

x 0.75 x 0.53

x 0.6 x 0.42

22° 45°

x 0.70 x 0.55

x 1.15 x1.25

x 1.40 x 1.80

+3 +6

D

D

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER

A) Air supply with ceiling effect where D ≤ 30 cm.

B) Air supply with no ceiling effect where D > 30 cm.

Damper 100 % open ∆P + 0 Lw + 0

Damper 50 % open ∆P + 0.95 x Vk2 Lw + 10


46

INDOOR TERMINALS

GD 102 - GD 102 D - SD 102 - SD 102 D SERIES - STEEL

GD 102 D - SD 102 D terminal

DIMENSIONS

N damper

USE

L + 27 x H + 27 27

20

A

• Air supply or exhaust intake. • Dual deflection air supply terminals. • Single deflection exhaust intake terminals. • Installed on cylindrical or oblong ducts.

CONSTRUCTION • GD 102 and SD 102: single deflection terminal (exhaust intake) with vertical, individually adjustable vanes, pitch 20 mm. •G D 102 D and SD 102 D: dual deflection terminal (air supply) with horizontal vanes at rear and vertical, individually adjustable vanes on front, pitch 20 mm. • Material: steel.

LxH

GD102 - SD102 - terminal only

• GD 102 and GD 102 D: galvanised steel, natural hue. • S D 102 and SD 102 D: steel with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

B

FINISH

GD102 - SD102 - terminal with H damper fitted

MOUNTING A

• F1: visible screw attachment to frame. For more information, see page 76.

ACCESSORIES • N damper with inclined slide, made of galvanised steel plate with natural hue. • Clip-mounted on terminal. • Used on air supply ducts. •H damper with straight slide, made of galvanised steel plate with natural hue. • Clip-mounted on terminal. • Used on exhaust intake ducts.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions range from 325 x 75 to 1225 x 225 mm. See Range page below. • No other dimensions available. Note: 175 mm height not available on N and H dampers.


GD102 D - SD102 D - terminal only

DIMENSIONS AND DIAMETERS OF SUITABLE DUCTS H (mm) 75 125 175 225

Min. diameter Max. diameter (mm) (mm) 160 400 315 900 450 1200 630 1600

A (mm) 42 46 51 56

B (mm) 86 90 95 100

TERMINALS FOR CIRCULAR DUCTS

47

GD 102 - GD 102 D - SD 102 - SD 102 D SERIES - STEEL

GD 102 D duct-mounted terminal

C

DIMENSIONS

1

GD102 D - SD102 D - terminal with N damper fitted. (1) Airflow direction

L - 10 x H - 10

10

27 L + 27 x H + 27

Fitted in circular duct

AVAILABLE DIMENSIONS H (mm) 75 125 175 225

Diameter (mm) min. 150 300 450 600

max. 400 900 1200 1600

a

A (mm)

B (mm)

20° 12.5° 12.5° 12.5°

42 46 51 56

86 90 95 100

C (depends on L) (mm) L325 124 128 133 138

L425 137 141 146 151

L525 150 154 159 164

L625 163 167 172 177

L825 190 194 199 204

L1025 216 220 225 230

L1225 242 247 252 257

48

INDOOR TERMINALS SD 102 - SD 102 D - GD 102 - GD 102 D

Standard range Dual deflection terminal GD 102 D F1 Code 325 x 75 11050148 425 x 75 11050140 525 x 75 11050141 625 x 75 11050142 425 x 125 11050143 525 x 125 11050144 625 x 125 11050145 525 x 225 11050146 625 x 225 11050147 825 x 225 11050154 Mounting • Visible screw attachment in frame. Dimensions

Single deflection terminal GD 102 F1 Code 11050108 11050100 11050101 11050102 11050103 11050104 11050105 11050106 11050107 11050114

Straight slide damper H Code 11053959 11053950 11053951 11053952 11053953 11053954 11053955 11053956 11053957 11053958 Finish • Galvanised steel with natural hue.

Inclined slide damper N Code 11053969 11053960 11053961 11053962 11053963 11053964 11053965 11053966 11053967 11053968

Range with choice of options Painted steel model SD 102 SD 102 D

Code 11002026 11002027

Slide damper

Code 11002903 11002902

H N

Operational dimensions H / L (mm)

325

425

525

625

825

1025

1225

75 125 175 225

● ✖ ✖ ✖

● ● ✖ ✖

● ● ✖ ●

● ● ✖ ●

● ✖ ✖ ●

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

● Dimensions of standard range. Note: 175 mm height not available on N and H dampers.

Available options Mounting • F1: visible screw attachment in frame.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • N and H dampers.

Finish • Epoxy paint from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix. • Galvanised steel with natural hue.

Damper • Black shutters.

49

TERMINALS FOR CIRCULAR DUCTS

SD 102 - GD 102 SERIES SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak (m 2)

qv (m 3/h) 100 150

LxH (mm)

0.011

325 x 75

0.015

425 x 75

0.019

525 x 75

0.023

625 x 75

325 x 125

0.030

825 x 75

425 x 125

0.037

0.120

1025 325 1225 425 825 425 1025 525 1225 625 1025

0.150

1225 x 175

0.180

1225 x 225

0.045 0.060 0.075 0.090

x 75 x 175 x 75 x 175 x 125 x 225 x 125 x 225 x 125 x 225 x 175

200

32 2.8 43 4.1 50 2.5 16 3.8 35 5.1 25 2,4 35 3.6 43 1.9 8.4 2.8 19 3.7 30 3.2 38 2.2 12 2.9 33 2.4

5.5 62 4.7 33 4.2 21 3.8 14

525 x 125

300 60 7.6 53 5.5 48 4.4 44 3.6 38 2.8 34 2.2

8.3 140 7.1 75 6.3 47 5.7 32 5.0 19 4.5 15

625 x 125 325 x 225 525 x 175

400

600

800

1200

2500

3500 Lw Vk

61 7.4 56 5.8 52 4.8 46 3.7 41 3.0 37 2.5

9.5 134 8.4 83 7.6 47 6.7 33 6.0 22 5.5 15

625 x 175

56 5.1 52 4.5 47 3.7 41 2.8 36 2.2

10 75 9.0 49 8.2 33 7.1 19 6.4 12

825 x 175 825 x 225

59 12 6.0 88 55 11 59 14 4.9 59 5.5 75 49 9.5 54 13 3.7 33 4.4 47 44 8.5 51 13 3.0 22 3.7 35 41 8.6 44 11 2.5 15 2.8 20 40 10 2.3 12.5

Lt Pa

61 5.8 55 4.2 50 3.3 47 2.8

20 80 17 42 15 28 14 21

Lt Pa

Lw –4

ΔPt x 0.5

1025 x 225 Lw Vk

1800

58 4.5 54 3.8

21 50 17 35

62 5.5

26 80

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Vt = 0.37 m/s. Tests conducted on dual deflection terminals with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238.

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE Ak (m 2) 0.014

qv (m 3/h) 100 150

LxH (mm)

20 2

325 x 75

0.019

425 x 75

0.023

525 x 75

0.028

625 x 75

325 x 125

0.037

825 x 75

425 x 125

0.046

0.138

1025 325 1225 425 825 425 1025 525 1225 625 1025

0.166

1225 x 175

0.220

1225 x 225

0.055 0.074 0.092 0.110

x 75 x 175 x 75 x 175 x 125 x 225 x 125 x 225 x 125 x 225 x 175

– 4

525 x 125 625 x 125 325 x 225 525 x 175 625 x 175 825 x 175

30 45 3 18 – – 2.3 12

200 25 4 – 3 30 2.5 – 2

– 31 – 18 – 12 – 8

300

400

600

800

1800

2500

3500 Lw Vk

48 4.8 45 3.8 40 3 30 2.3 – 1.8

– 40 – 30 – 18 – 12 – 6

51 5 47 4 42 3 30 2.5 – 2

– 49 – 32 – 18 – 12 – 8

-

Pa

Corrections for damperless terminals

32 4.9 46 3.6 23 3 30 2.3 – 1.8

ΔPt x 0.45 45 – 25 – 18 – 10 – 5

54 5 30 4 44 3 40 2.5 – 2

– 49 – 32 – 18 – 12 – 8

825 x 225 1025 x 225 Lw Vk

1200

-

Pa

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted on single deflection terminals with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238.

54 4.6 49 3.5 43 3 42 2.4

– 42 – 24 – 18 – 10

56 4.2 52 3.7 47 3 43 2.3

– 37 – 27 – 18 – 10

60 5 55 4 50 3.2

Lw –6

– 49 – 31 – 20

57 4.2

– 37

50

INDOOR TERMINALS

CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER Vt

CORRECTIONS FOR DEFLECTION

0.375

0.5

0.625

Vane angle

Lt

Vk

DPT

LW

x1 x 0.7

x 0.67 x 0.47

x 0.5 x 0.35

x 0.4 x 0.28

22° 45°

x 0.77 x 0.55

x 1.15 x1.25

x 1.30 x 1.60

+3 +6

D

0.25

Lt (A) Lt (B)

D

Vt (m/s)

+

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER No damper DPt x 0.50 Lw - 4



Damper 100 % open DPt x 1.00 Lw + 0



GRID TERMINALS

51

GRIDLINED WALL

DIMENSIONS

Gridlined Wall


(L + 26) x (H + 26)

(L-20) x (H-20)

DESCRIPTION

LxH

Gridlined Wall 76 (F3) / 96 (F5)

• Extruded aluminium profiles. • Fixed horizontal front bars with 15° deflection angle. • 23 mm wide frame. • D type: terminal fitted with row of individually-adjustable rear vanes, perpendicular to front bars. • Core type: core only, no frame.

26 (F3) / 46 (F5)

5 6

23

20

• Air supply and exhaust for all ventilation & air conditioning applications. • Grid terminal with rear deflection for air supply (type D) or single for exhaust intake. • Wall or perimeter mounted.

MOUNTING • Concealed clip attachment (F3). • Concealed clasp attachment (F5). • No attachments (F0). NB: the Core is supplied without attachments.

Gridlined wall with fitted damper

FINISH

L-5

H-5

• Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue. • RAL 9010 white epoxy paint, 30% matt. • Paint finish selected by architect from RAL colour range. • Special “Haute-couture” finish.

ACCESSORIES (L + 26) x (H + 26) 23

5

40

• Pivoting access gates for use as a convector fan terminal. • "Pool" protection (corrosion resistance). • Built-in damper with adjustment screw. • Airtight seal on frame. (L-20) x (H-20)

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

LxH

Gridlined wall dual deflection

96

• Lengths (L) from 200 mm to 2000 mm in a single piece. • Possible to assemble 2000 mm long elements on site to create decorative linear strips. • Heights (H) from 75 mm to 800 mm (except type D, limited to 300 mm). • 1 mm production pitch for length and 5 mm for height. • Height of damper H limited to 500 mm.

46

6

OPTIONS

Gridlined wall core

16,5

• AGB damper (aluminium) with counter-rotary action. • Adjusted using a screw, clip-mounted on terminal. • F4 or F6 steel mounting frame. • Steel connection plenum with rear or side branch connector.

Gridlined wall dual deflection with fitted damper

52

INDOOR TERMINALS GRIDLINED FLOOR

DIMENSIONS

Gridlined Floor


(L + 36) x (H + 36) 5 15.5 21.5

5

DESCRIPTION • Extruded aluminium profiles. • F ixed front bars with 15° deflection angle. • R obust frame reinforced with U-shaped profiles, 5 mm visible edge. • L oad resistance: max. 150 kg over a surface of 12.5 cm² in centre of terminal. • R emovable core as standard.

(L-20) x (H-20) LxH

Gridlined floor

87

MOUNTING • Frame supplied with sealing brackets (as standard).

FINISH • Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue. • R AL 9010 white epoxy paint, 30% matt. • P aint finish selected by architect from RAL colour range. • S pecial "Haute-couture" finish on request.

Gridlined floor with fitted damper

ACCESSORIES • AGB damper (aluminium) with counter-rotary action. Adjusted using a screw. Supplied mounted on grid terminal. • 9 0° angle pieces.

OPTIONS • Built-in damper with adjustment screw. • R emovable core screw attachment.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Lengths (L) from 200 mm to 2000 mm in a single piece,. • P ossible to assemble 2000 mm long elements on site to create decorative linear strips. •H eights (H) from 75 mm to 300 mm. • 1 mm production pitch for length and 5 mm for height. •H eight of damper H limited to 500 mm.

Gridlined floor with sealing brackets

37

• Air supply and exhaust for all ventilation & air conditioning applications. • F or installation in floor. • Suitable for chlorinated atmospheres, such as pools.

GRID TERMINALS

GRIDLINED EXHAUST

DIMENSIONS

Gridlined Exhaust

FIELD OF APPLICATION • Exhaust only, for all ventilation & air conditioning applications. • Wall or ceiling-mounted.

DESCRIPTION • Extruded aluminium profiles. • 4 5° fixed vanes, blocking for confidentiality function. • 2 3 mm wide frame. •C ore type: core only, no frame.

MOUNTING • Concealed clip attachment (F3). •C oncealed clasp attachment (F5). o attachments (F0). •N NB: the Core is supplied without attachments.

Gridlined exhaust

FINISH • Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue. • R AL 9010 white epoxy paint, 30 % matt. • P aint finish selected by architect from RAL colour range. • S pecial "Haute-couture" finish on request.

Gridlined exhaust with fitted damper

ACCESSORIES • AGB damper (aluminium) with counter-rotary action. Direct adjustment or with screw. Clip-mounted on terminal. • F 4 or F6 steel mounting frame. • S teel connection plenum with rear or side branch connector.

OPTIONS • "Pool" protection (corrosion resistance). • B uilt-in damper with adjustment screw. • Airtight seal on frame.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Lengths (L) from 200 mm to 2000 mm. •H eights (H) from 75 mm to 800 mm. • 1 mm production pitch for length and 5 mm for height. •H eight of damper H limited to 500 mm.

Gridlined exhaust core

53

54

INDOOR TERMINALS RANGE, OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Gridlined® WALL stock range Dimensions

Gridlined Wall white

Gridlined Wall anodised

SGS damper

Mounting frame F4

Plenum rear MT F3

Plenum with side connection ME F3

200 x 100 300 x 100 400 x 100 500 x 100 600 x 100 1000 x 100 300 x 150 600 x 150 800 x 150 1000 x 150

11050562 11050563 11050564 11050565 11050566 11050568 11050569 11050571 11050572 11050573

11050245 11050246 11050248 11050249 11050251 -

11053241 11053243 11053244 11053245 11053271 11053273 11053247 11053250 11053274 11053275

11053761 11053763 11053764 11053765 11053780 11053782 11053767 11053770 11053783 11053784

11053632 11053634 11053635 11053636 11053637 11053639 11053641 11053644 11053645 11053646

11053662 11053664 11053665 11053666 11053667 11053669 11053671 11053674 11053675 11053676

Wall-mounted range - clip attachment

Range of dimensions 11003411 GRIDLINED WALL 11003413 GRIDLINED WALL CORE 11003421 GRIDLINED EXHAUST 11003422 GRIDLINED EXHAUST CORE H/W 75 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800

200 • • • • • • • • • •

250 • • • • • • • • • •

300 • • • • • • • • • •

400 • • • • • • • • • •

500 • • • • • • • • • •

600 • • • • • • • • • •

800 • • • • • • • • • •

1000 • • • • • • • • • •

1200 • • • • • • • • • •

1400 • • • • • • • • • •

1600 • • • • • • • • • •

1800 • • • • • • • • • •

2000 • • • • • • • • • •

300 • • • • • • •

400 • • • • • • •

500 • • • • • • •

600 • • • • • • •

800 • • • • • • •

1000 • • • • • • •

1200 • • • • • • •

1400 • • • • • • •

1600 • • • • • • •

1800 • • • • • • •

2000 • • • • • • •

11003412 GRIDLINED WALL D 11003402 GRIDLINED FLOOR H/W 75 100 150 200 250 300 400

200 • • • • • • •

250 • • • • • • •

• Supplied fitted on terminal.

55

GRID TERMINALS Range with choice of options Code

Designation

11003411

GRIDLINED WALL

Usage Installation Air supply Wall-mounted or exhaust outlet

Mounting Clips or clasps Clips or clasps

GRIDLINED WALL D Air supply Wall-mounted Dual deflection GRIDLINED WALL Air supply Wall or perimeterNo 11003413 CORE or exhaust outlet mounted attachments Bare core Wall or ceilingClips or 11003421 GRIDLINED EXHAUST Extract mounted clasps GRIDLINED EXHAUST No 11003422 CORE Extract Ceiling (panels) attachments Bare core Sealing Air supply Floor 11003402 GRIDLINED FLOOR brackets or exhaust outlet Sealing GRIDLINED FLOOR Not active Floor 11003403 brackets 90° ANGLE 11003412

ACCESSORIES

Finish Anodised aluminium or paint finishes Anodised aluminium or paint finish

Linear

Damper*

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Anodised aluminium or paint finish

No

Anodised aluminium or paint finish Anodised aluminium or paint finish Anodised aluminium or paint finish Anodised aluminium or paint finish

Doors 1 door 2 doors 1 door 2 doors

Seal

Pool

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes

FIELD OF APPLICATION • SGS and AGB: airflow control damper. • D500: dual deflection overlay. Suited to wall (or floor) mounted single-deflection grid terminals, this accessory delivers the "dual deflection" function with its adjustable vanes. • F4: mounting frame to enable easy installation of steel or aluminium grid terminals using friction clips.

AGB damper

F4 mounting frame

Plenum

Plenum

Accessories Code

Designation

Usage

Air supply or exhaust intake 11003412 GRIDLINED WALL D Air supply Air supply or GRIDLINED WALL exhaust 11003413 CORE intake 11003411 GRIDLINED WALL

11003421 GRIDLINED EXHAUST

Extract

GRIDLINED EXHAUST CORE

Extract

11003422

Air supply or exhaust intake 11003403 GRIDLINED FLOOR Not active 11003402 GRIDLINED FLOOR

Execution

F6 mounting AGB damper F4 mounting frame frame

Plenum MEF3

Plenum MTF3

Plenum MEF5

Plenum MTF5

Wall-mounted

11003201

11003001

11003421

11053701 11053703 11053702 11053704

Wall-mounted Wall-mounted or perimetermounted Wall-mounted or ceiling-mounted Ceiling (panels)

11003201

11003001

11003421

11053701 11053703 11053702 11053704

-

-

-

11003201

11003001

11003421

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Floor

11003201

-

-

-

-

-

-

Floor

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11053701 11053703 11053702 11053704

56

INDOOR TERMINALS

SELECTION TABLES - Gridlined Wall and Wall D - Floor SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT - LENGTH 1 METRE Ak (m2)

Height (mm)

0.036

75

0.056

100

0.084

150

0.123

200

0.158

250

0.195

300

0.232

350

0.27

400

0.315

500

0.387

600

0.536

800

Airflow (m3/h) Lp dB(A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lt (m)

300 15 4.6 5

400 25 9.4 6.7

500 32 16.4 8.4 18 2.9 6.7

600 38 25.9 10.1 24 4.6 8.1

800

1000

33 9.4 10.7 19 3.4 8.8

40 16.4 13.4 25 5.9 11 12 1.6 9.1

1500

37 16.4 16.4 22 4.3 13.6 12 2.1 12 4 1.1 10.8

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

30 8.8 18.1 19 4.2 16 11 2.2 14.4 4 1.3 13.2 0 0.8 12.2

35 15.4 22.7 25 7.4 20 16 3.9 18 9 2.3 16.5 3 1.5 15.3 0 1.3 14.2

40 24.3 27.2 29 11.6 24 20 6.1 21.6 13 3.7 19.8 6 2.3 18.4 0 2.1 17 0 1.1 15.3

33 17.1 28 24 9 25.2 16 5.4 23.1 10 3.4 21.4 3 3.1 19.8 0 1.7 17.9

36 23.9 32 27 12.6 28.8 19 7.5 26.4 12 4.8 24.5 6 4.3 22.7 0 2.3 20.4 0 0.9 17.4

The Lp values in dB(A) take into account an attenuation of 8 dB(A) due to the room. Vt = 0.37 m/s. Tests conducted with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with Heights not available in Gridlined Floor version. standard EN 12238. Vk (m/s) = [airflow (m3/h) / 3600] / Ak (m2).

CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER Vt 0.25 x 1.5 x 1.05

0.375 x1 x 0.7

0.5 x 0.75 x 0.53

0.625 x 0.6 x 0.42

Vane angle

Lt

Ak

∆P

Lw

22° 45°

x 0.70 x 0.55

x 0.96 x 0.8

x 1.40 x 1.80

+3 +6

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER D

D

Vt (m/s) Lt (A) Lt (B)

CORRECTIONS FOR DEFLECTION (TYPE D)

Damper 100 % open ∆P + 0 Lw + 0





KOCT CORRECTIONS (DB) BY OCTAVE BAND Frequency 100 (Hz) K oct (dB) 6

125

160

200

250

315

400

500

630

5

5

4

5

5

4

2

0

Add K oct to the table value to obtain the sound power level in dB.

800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 -2

-5

-8

-13

-16

-19

-20

-20

-19

-20

-18

-17

GRID TERMINALS

57

SELECTION - EXHAUST - LENGTH 1 METRE Ak (m2)

Height (mm)

0.034

75

0.052

100

0.079

150

0.121

200

0.157

250

0.195

300

0.232

350

0.27

400

0.32

500

0.396

600

0.553

800

Airflow (m3/h) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa)

300 27 5.1

400 34 9.9 21 3.1 8 1.2 0 0.4

500 40 16.5 27 5.1 15 1.9 2 0.6 0 0.3

600

32 7.8 20 2.9 8 0.9 0 0.5 0 0.3 0 0.2

800

1000

29 5.7 17 1.8 10 0.9 4 0.5 0 0.3 0 0.2

35 9.5 24 2.9 17 1.5 12 0.9 7 0.6 3 0.4 0 0.3

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

38 7.5 31 3.9 26 2.3 22 1.5 18 1 14 0.7 9 0.4 1 0.2

36 4.4 32 2.9 29 2 25 1.4 20 0.8 13 0.4

40 4.8 37 3.3 34 2.4 29 1.4 22 0.6

41 3.6 36 2.1 30 0.9

43 3 36 1.3

42 1.8

The Lp values in dB(A) take into account an attenuation of 8 dB(A) due to the room. Tests conducted with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN Heights not available in Gridlined Floor version. 12238. Vk (m/s) = [airflow (m3/h) / 3600] / Ak (m2).

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER Damper 100 % open ∆P + 0 Lw + 0



KOCT CORRECTIONS (DB) BY OCTAVE BAND Frequency 100 (Hz) K oct (dB) 1

125

160

200

250

315

400

500

630

-1

0

1

-1

0

3

-2

-2


800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 -3

-7

-8

-12

-14

-16

-18

-19

-20

-22

-23

-22

58

INDOOR TERMINALS SELECTION TABLES - Gridlined Exhaust

SELECTION - EXHAUST - LENGTH 1 METRE Ak (m2)

Height (mm)

0.036

75

0.048

100

0.074

150

0.101

200

0.127

250

0.155

300

0.182

350

0.21

400

0.266

500

0.306

570

0.323

600

0.438

800

Airflow (m3/h) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB(A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB(A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB(A) ∆P (Pa) Lp dB (A) ∆P (Pa)

100 7 6 1 3.8 -8 1.9 -8 1.1 -8 0.8

150 18 11.5 12 7.2 3 3.6 -3 2.1 -8 1.5 -8 1.1 -8 0.8

200 26 18.2 20 11.5 11 5.7 4 3.4 0 2.3 -5 1.7 -8 1.3 -8 1

300 37 34.7 31 21.9 22 10.8 15 6.5 10 4.5 6 3.2 2 2.5 -1 2 -6 1.3

400

39 34.7 29 17.1 22 10.3 18 7.1 13 5.1 10 4 7 3.1 2 2.1 -1 1.7 -3 1.6

500

600

800

1000

1500

2000

2500

35 24.5 28 14.7 23 10.2 19 7.3 15 5.7 12 4.5 7 3 4 2.4 3 2.2 -4 1.4

40 32.8 33 19.7 28 13.6 24 9.8 20 7.6 17 6 12 4.1 9 3.2 7 3 1 1.8

41 31.2 36 21.6 31 15.6 27 12 24 9.5 19 6.5 16 5.1 15 4.7 8 2.9

41 30.8 37 22.2 33 17.1 30 13.6 25 9.2 21 7.3 20 6.7 13 4.1

40 25.9 35 17.7 32 14 30 12.9 23 7.8

42 28 39 22.3 38 20.4 30 12.4

44 31.8 43 29.1 36 17.7

The Lp values in dB(A) take into account an attenuation of 8 dB(A) due to the room. Tests conducted with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238. Vk (m/s) = [airflow (m3/h) / 3600] / Ak (m2).

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER Damper 100% open ∆P + 0 Lw + 0



KOCT CORRECTIONS (DB) BY OCTAVE BAND Frequency 100 (Hz) K oct (dB) -5

125

160

200

250

315

400

500

630

-6

-6

-3

-2

-2

0

1

2


800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 0

-2

-3

-5

-7

-8

-10

-12

-13

-17

-21

-23

GRID TERMINALS

59

ASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS

GRIDLINED WALL AND FLOOR LINEAR STRIPS • Possible to create linear strips (alignment tools supplied) with continuous decorative aspect. • Beyond 2000 mm, intermediate elements are required (2000 mm) with two end pieces of equal length, always between 1000 and 2000 mm.

GRIDLINED FLOOR ANGLE PIECES • With Floor grid terminals it is possible to add angle pieces to form continuous arrangements. • Angle pieces connect to EM intermediate elements, • An angle piece is always 300 x 300 mm based on the diagram opposite: to ensure it precisely matches the dimensions of the room simply choose the right length for an EM intermediate element. • The angle piece must not be connected to the air ductwork. Its function is purely aesthetic.

Full linear strip

90° angle piece

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION

F3 ATTACHMENT • Clip attachment in a plenum or a sealed mounting frame. • Aldes plenums and mounting frames are suited to the use of clips to ensure perfect attachment. • This attachment method is not recommended for ceiling mounting arrangements.

F5 ATTACHMENT • Concealed clasp attachment. • Suitable for F6 mounting frame and MT F5 and ME F5 plenums. • Recommended for ceiling installation and for easy removal. Seal or attach the rear plenum connection (MT) or side connection (ME) or the mounting frame in the opening L x H. LxH

LxH

F3 attachment

F5 attachment

* For certain dimensions of the Exhaust version, the vane is drilled to access the screw. You can use the sticker provided to hide the hole after assembly.

60

INDOOR TERMINALS SC 121 - SC 125 SERIES - STEEL

SC 121 terminal

DIMENSIONS

SC 125 terminal

USE

• SC 121: single deflection terminal (exhaust intake) with fixed vanes at 40° incline, pitch 20 mm. • S C 125: perforated sheet grid with 45 % of free air passage. • Material: steel.

26

6


FINISH

MOUNTING • F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment to frame. • F3: concealed attachment using friction clips. For more information, see page 76.

L + 32 x H + 32 6

27

20

• Steel with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

20

26

CONSTRUCTION

27

20

• Exhaust intake. • Wall-mounted.

LxH


• SGS damper (galvanised steel) and AGB damper (rough aluminium) with counter-rotary action. • Fitted to terminal with S clips (supplied). • Galvanised steel plate F4 mounting frame. •G alvanised steel connection plenum with rear or side branch connection. For more information, see pages 75 and 77.

76

ACCESSORIES


• Dimensions range from 75 x 75 to 1200 x 1500 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for SC 121 series. •D imensions range from 75 x 75 to 1200 x 600 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for SC 125 series. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


76

STANDARD DIMENSIONS


FIXED-VANE TERMINALS

61

AC 121 - AC 123 - AC 124 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

AC 121 terminal

DIMENSIONS

AC 123 terminal

USE

AC 121 - terminal only L + 32 x H + 32 6

• Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

LxH

AC 123 or AC 124 - terminal only

76

• F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment to frame. • F3: concealed attachment using friction clips. • F5: concealed clasp attachment (except AC 121). For more information, see page 76.

15

27

FINISH

MOUNTING

26

6

LxH

20

• AC 121: single deflection terminal with fixed horizontal vanes at 40° incline, pitch 20 mm. • AC 123: 15 x 15 mm square mesh terminal with free air passage of 90 %. • AC 124: 15 x 15 mm square mesh terminal with 45° incline, free air passage of 90 %. • Material: aluminium.

20

26

CONSTRUCTION

L + 32 x H + 32 27

20


ACCESSORIES

• Dimensions range from 75 x 75 to 2000 x 1200 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for the AC 121 series. • Dimensions range from 75 x 150 to 2025 x 2025 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for the AC 123 and AC 124 series. For further information refer to the Range pages below.

AC 123 or AC 124 - terminal with AGB or SGS damper fitted

15

STANDARD DIMENSIONS


76

• SGS damper with counter-rotary action, made of galvanised steel plate with natural hue. Fitted to terminal with S clips (supplied). • AGB damper with counter-rotary action, made of rough aluminium. Fitted to terminal with S clips (supplied). • Galvanised steel F4 or F6 mounting frame. • Galvanised steel connection plenum with rear or side branch connection. For more information, see pages 75 and 77.

TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection tables on following pages. 0,5

AC 123 or AC 124 inner core

15

62

INDOOR TERMINALS

AO 123 - AU 123 - AU 124 - SC 370 SERIES - ALUMINIUM OR STEEL

AO 123 Z terminal

DIMENSIONS

SC 370 terminal

USE • Special grid terminals for suspended ceiling panels. • E xhaust intake. •C eiling installation - replacing a 600 x 600 mm suspended ceiling panel.

AxB

CONSTRUCTION

AO 123 terminal

• AO 123: square, straight 15 x 15 mm grid without frame. • AU 123: square, straight 15 x 15 mm grid with 5 mm slim frame. • AU 124: square, angled 15 x 15 mm grid at 45° angle with 5 mm slim frame. • S C 370: perforated plate - 45% free air passage without frame. • AO and AU: aluminium. • SC: steel.

AU 123 or AU 124 terminal

AxB

FINISH • AO 123 Z and AU 123 Z: aluminium with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • AU 124 Z: aluminium with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • S C 370: steel with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • AO 123 and AU 124 extended range : anodised aluminium with natural hue. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix (except AO 123).

AxB

SC 370 terminal 50

50

MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Range of dimensions suited to standard ceiling panels 600 x 600 mm and 1200 x 600 mm. •D imensions range from 100 x 100 to 1200 x 600 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & height for the extended range. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


90

• Galvanised steel connection plenum with rear branch connection (RT123) or side connection (RE123). •G 3 flat filter, 20 mm thick, W3 type (woven on metal thread) with M1 fire rating for SC370.

H3

H1

• Gravity mounting on 'T' pieces in suspended ceiling.

. .

. W

. W

RE 123 plenum

RT 123 plenum

DIMENSIONS AxB (mm) 600 x 600

W (mm) 598 x 598

H1 (mm) 330

H3 (mm) 215

ØD (mm) 250

63


AC 161 - AC 163 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

AC 161 terminal

DIMENSIONS

AC 163 terminal

USE • Opening panel with filter holder. • Exhaust intake. • Wall-mounted.

CONSTRUCTION • AC 161: single deflection terminal with horizontal fixed vanes, 40° incline, 20 mm pitch. Housing for 15 mm thick filter. Front panel mounted on stainless steel hinges and closes with screw button. 180° opening pitch to enable easy filter replacement. • AC 163: 15 x 15 mm square grid terminal with 90 % free air passage. Housing for 15 mm thick filter. Front panel mounted on stainless steel hinges and closes with screw button. 180° opening pitch to enable easy filter replacement. • W: G3 filter, M1 fire rating 15 mm thick available as option.

AC 161 W - grid terminal with filter

FINISH

15

• F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment to frame. For more information, see page 76.

H3

MOUNTING

AC 123 or AC 124 - terminal only

50

• Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue or epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours on the RAL colour index.

ACCESSORIES • Galvanised steel connection plenum with RT type rear branch connection. • G3 flat filter, 20 mm thick, W3 type (woven on metal thread) with M1 fire rating or W2 filter (cut-out filter media).

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • AC 161: dimensions from 172 x 122 to 2022 x 1222 in increments of 25 mm. • AC 161: dimensions from 172 x 122 to 1222 x 622 in increments of 25 mm. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


W

RT plenum

0,5

15

AC 163 core

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD RANGE WxH (mm) 622 x 322 522 x 422 622 x 422 522 x 522 622 x 522

Standard filter (mm) 596 x 296 496 x 396 596 x 396 496 x 496 596 x 496

W (mm) 606 x 306 506 x 406 606 x 406 506 x 506 606 x 606

H3 (mm) 215 215 215 215 215

ØD (mm) 250 355 355 400 400

64

INDOOR TERMINALS

AG 637 - AC 174 - OPENING GRID TERMINALS FOR CEILING PANELS ALUMINIUM

AG 637 W grid terminal

DIMENSIONS

AC 174 W grid terminal

USE

41

• Special grid terminals with filter holder for suspended ceiling panels. • E xhaust intake. • F or installation in standard 600 x 600 mm and 675 x 675 ceiling panels or on walls. •C ompatible with non-removable plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings.

LxH L - 22 x H - 22

32 L + 42 x H + 42 AxB

AG 637 W - grid terminal with filter

CONSTRUCTION • AG 637: fixed vanes with 45° incline. • AC 174: 15 x 15 mm square grid with 45° incline. •H inged opening for easy access to filter. • W: G3 filter, M1 fire rating 20 mm thick available as option. • Made of aluminium.

30

(L-20) x (H-20)

FINISH • Epoxy paint RAL 9010 white or anodised aluminium, natural satin hue (AG 637 only). • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING

27 L+32 x H+32 AxB

AC 174 W - grid terminal with filter

• F0: gravity mounting on T frame for suspended ceiling and self-tapping screws in connection plenum. • F 1: visible screw attachment in frame and self-tapping screws in connection plenum (for non-removable ceilings). For more information, see page 76.

H1

50

ACCESSORIES

RT plenum

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS OF AG 637 STANDARD RANGE

• Standard dimensions suited to suspended ceiling panels or plaster ceilings. • AG 637: dimensions from 300 x 300 to 1200 x 600 in increments of 25 mm. • AC 174: dimensions from 200 x 200 to 600 x 600 in increments of 25 mm. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


90

• Galvanised steel connection plenum with RE type side branch connection. •G 3 flat filter, 20 mm thick, W3 type (woven on metal thread) with M1 fire rating.

W

A x B*

WxH (mm)

600 x 300 600 x 600 675 x 675

554 x 254 554 x 254 628 x 628

Standard filter (mm) 531 x 231 531 x 231 605 x 605

D (mm)

W (mm)

H1 (mm)

250 250 250

537 x 237 537 x 537 611 x 611

360 360 360

D (mm)

W (mm)

H1 (mm)

250 250 250 250

550 x 250 550 x 550 385 x 185 485 x 485

360 360 360 410

DIMENSIONS OF AC 174 STANDARD RANGE A x B*

WxH (mm)

600 x 300 600 x 600 -

563 x 263 563 x 263 400 x 200 500 x 500

Standard filter (mm) 531 x 251 531 x 551 388 x 188 488 x 488


65

121 - 123 - 124 - 125 - 370 SERIES Standard range Aluminium Steel Dimensions Aluminium AC 121 F3 AC 123 F3 SC 121 F3 200 x 100 300 x 150 400 x 200 600 x 200 300 x 300 500 x 300 600 x 300 800 x 300 600 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600

11050621 11050622 11050623 11050624 11050625 11050626 11050627 11050628 11050629 11050630

11050641 11050642 11050643 11050644 11050645 11050646 11050647 11050648 11050649 11050650

11050200 11050204 11050208 11050210 11050211 11050212 11050213 11050214 11050218

White White perforated Replacement White White White Plenum side Steel perforated plate filter mesh mesh mesh connection SC 125 F3 plate + filter W3 AO 123 Z AU 123 Z AU 124 Z RE 123 SC 370 SC 370 W 11050011 11050012 11050013 11050014 11050015 11050016 11050017 11050018 11050019 11050669 11050670 11053499 11050661 11050725 11050727 11053694 11050662 Finish • AC model: anodised aluminium finish with natural satin hue. • SC model: epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white. • AO and AU: epoxy paint RAL 9010.

Mounting • AC and SC models: concealed friction clip attachment. • AO and AU: gravity mounted on T frames in ceiling.

Range with choice of options - terminals Type Steel fixed vanes RAL 9010 Perforated steel plate RAL 9010 Anodised aluminium square grid core Anodised aluminium square mesh

Designation SC 121 SC 125 AO 123 AU 123

Code 11002024 11002025 11002008 11002607

Type Anodised aluminium fixed vanes Anodised aluminium square mesh Anodised aluminium square grid inclined Anodised aluminium square grid inclined

Designation AC 121 AC 123 AC 124 AU 124

Code 11002401 11002601 11002602 11002606

Range with choice of options - side connection plenums for 600x600 ceiling panels Dimensions (mm) 600x600

Designation Plenum - side connection RE 123

Code 11003307

Dimensions (mm) 600x600

Designation Plenum - rear connection RT 123

Code 11003305

Available dimensions H / L (mm) 100 150 200 250 300 400 450 500 600

200 ● ✖ ✖

250 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

300 ✖ ● ✖ ✖ ●

400 ✖ ✖ ● ✖ ✖ ✖

450 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

500 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ● ✖ ✖ ✖

600 ✖ ✖ ● ✖ ● ● ✖ ✖ ●

700 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

800 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ● ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

1000 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ●

1200 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ●


Available options Mounting • F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment in frame (except for AO and AU models). • F3: concealed friction clip attachment (except for AO and AU models). • F5: concealed clasp attachment (only SC 125 and AC 123-124).

Finish • Anodised finish, natural satin hue (AC models only). • E poxy paint finish from RAL colour chart (all models). View the list of available colours in the appendix (except AO 123).

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • SGS and AGB dampers: see p.75. • F4 and F6 mounting frames: see p.75.

• MT and ME plenums: see p.77. • W3 replacement filter.

66

INDOOR TERMINALS 161 - 163 SERIES

Standard range White vanes AC 161 WZ F1 Code 11050744 11050745 11050746 11050747 11050748

Dimensions 622 x 322 522 x 422 622 x 422 522 x 522 622 x 522

Mounting • F1: concealed screw attachment in filter housing.

White mesh AC 163 WZ F1 Code 11050754 11050755 11050756 11050757 11050758 Finish • Epoxy paint RAL 9010.

Replacement filter W3 Code 11053501 11053502 11053504 11053503 11053505

Plenum rear connection RT 160 Code 11053531 11053532 11053533 11053534 11053535 Filter

• G3 filter included.

Range with choice of options Type Anodised aluminium fixed vanes Anodised aluminium fixed vanes filter supplied Replacement filter

Designation AC 161

Code 11002010

AC 161 W

11002011

W2

11002031

Type Anodised aluminium square mesh Anodised aluminium square mesh filter supplied

Designation AC 163

Code 11002012

AC 163 W

11002013

Operational dimensions H/W (mm) 322 372 422 472 522 572 622

322

372

422

472

522

572

622

722

822

1022

1222

✖

✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ● ✖ ●

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

● ✖ ● ✖ ● ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖


Available options Mounting • F0: none. • F1: concealed screw attachment in filter housing.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • RT 160 plenum. • W3 or W2 spare filter.

Finish • Anodised with natural satin hue. • E poxy paint finish from RAL colour chart (all models). View the list of available colours in the appendix.

67


174 - 637 SERIES Standard range for suspended ceilings White vanes AG 637 WZ F0 Code 600 x 300 11050682 600 x 600 11050681 675 x 675 11050683 Mounting • F0: concealed gravity mounting on ceiling framework.

Plenum side RE 637 Code 11053575 11053577 11053579

Dimensions

Mesh 45° AC 174 WZ F0 Code 11050742 11050743

Finish • Epoxy paint RAL 9010.

Plenum side RE 174 Code 11053572 11053570

Spare filter for AG 637 W3 Code 11053515 11053514 11053516 Filter


Standard range for non-removable ceilings or walls Dimensions

Mesh 45° AC 174 WZ F1 Code 500 x 500 11050741 400 x 200 11050740 Mounting • F1: visible screw attachment in frame.

Plenum side RE 174 Code 11053578

Replacement filter W3 Code 11053518 11053517 Finish • Epoxy paint RAL 9010.

Plenum rear MT F3 Code

Plenum side ME F3 Code

11053648

11053678 Filter


Range with choice of options Type Anodised aluminium square mesh Spare filter for AC 174

Designation AC 174 W3

Code 11002037 11002030

Type Anodised aluminium fixed vanes Spare filter for AG 637

Designation AC 637 W3

Code 11002035 11002030

Operational dimensions H/W (mm) 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

700

800

1000

1200

✖

✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ●

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

● ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ●

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖


Available options Mounting • F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment in frame.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • RE 637 and RE 174 plenums. • ME F3 and MT F3 plenums. • W3 replacement filter.

Finish Filter • Anodised finish, natural satin hue (AG 637 only). • G3 filter with M1 fire rating. • Epoxy paint finish from RAL colour chart (all models). View the list of available colours in the appendix.

68

INDOOR TERMINALS 121 - 123 - 124 - 161 - 163 - 174 SERIES

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE FOR 121 Ak (m2)

LxH (mm)

0.013

200 x 100

0.020

0.420

300 x 100 200 x 150 400 x 100 300 x 150 600 x 100 400 x 150 800 x 100 500 x 150 1000 x 100 600 x 150 1200 x 100 800 x 150 1000 x 150 800 x 200 1200 x 150 600 x 300 1000 x 200 500 x 400 1200 x 200 800 x 300 1000 x 300 800 x 400 1000 x 400 800 x 500 1200 x 400

0.530

1200 x 500

0.030 0.045 0.060 0.075 0.093 0.125 0.150 0.175 0.200 0.260 0.350

qv 200

200 x 200 300 x 200

300

400 x 200 500 300 600 400 500 400

x x x x x x

200 300 200 300 300 400

622 x 322 522 x 422 622 x 422 522 x 522 600 x 600 622 x 522

1000 x 600

200 x 100

0.020

0.420

300 x 100 200 x 150 400 x 100 300 x 150 600 x 100 400 x 150 800 x 100 500 x 150 1000 x 100 600 x 150 1200 x 100 800 x 150 1000 x 150 800 x 200 1200 x 150 600 x 300 1000 x 200 500 x 400 1200 x 200 800 x 300 1000 x 300 800 x 400 1000 x 400 800 x 500 1200 x 400

0.530

1200 x 500

0.030 0.045 0.060 0.075 0.093 0.125 0.150 0.175 0.200 0.260 0.350

200 x 200

16 67 4.2 11 7 30 2.8 5 – 16 1.9 2

300 x 200 400 x 200 500 300 600 400 500 400

622 522 600 522 622 522 622 600

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

200 300 200 300 300 400

322 422 400 522 422 522 522 600

1000 x 600

500

750

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000 Lw Pa2 Vk Pa

23 50 3.1 20 17 28 27 63 2.3 10 3.5 24 – 14 22 37 30 74 1.8 6.5 2.7 15 3.8 28 18 25 25 47 2.2 10 3.0 18 – 13 19 26 1.6 5 2.2 10 – 14 1.8 7 – 13 1.6 5

Lw Pa2 V k Pa

35 104 4.5 40 29 59 3.4 22 25 37 32 70 2.7 15 3.7 26 21 29 29 53 2.4 11 3.2 20 19 22 26 40 36 86 2.1 9 2.8 15 4.1 33 – 13 21 25 31 53 1.6 5 2.2 10 3.2 20 28 40 2.8 14 21 21 2.0 8 15 13 1.6 5

37 4.1 35 3.7 28 2.6 23 2.1

86 33 70 26 35 13 22 9

34 57 3.3 22 29 32 2.5 13

- 163 - 124 - 174 SERIES

qv (m3/h) 200 300

LxH (mm)

0.013

400

25 90 4.2 35 16 41 27 90 2.8 15 4.2 35 – 16 19 41 26 70 1.9 7 2.9 16 3.7 27 – 16 18 32 1.9 7 2.5 12

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE FOR 123 Ak (m2)

- 161 SERIES

(m3/h)

400

500

750

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000 Lw Pa2 Vk Pa

18 67 4.2 11 10 32 2.9 5 – 16 1.9 2

17 3.7 9 2.5

52 8 24 4

14 37 3.1 6 8 20 2.3 3 – 12 1.8 2

Corrections for 124 – 174 series Pa x3 (excluding filter) 18 3.5 13 2.7 – 2.2 – 1.6

46 7 28 21 54 5 3.8 8 18 17 34 3 3.0 5 10 10 18 1.5 2.2 3 – 12 1.8 2 – 10 1.6 1.5

Lw Pa2 V k Pa

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted on terminals with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238. Pa = pressure drop on terminal without filter. Pa2 = pressure drop with G3 filter included.

26 4.5 20 3.4 16 2.7 12 2.4 10 2.1 – 1.6

76 12 44 7 28 5 21 3 16 2 10 1.5

23 52 3.7 8 20 39 3.2 6 17 30 27 64 2.8 5 4.1 10 12 18 22 39 2.2 3 3.2 6 19 30 2.8 5 12 15 2.0 2 6 10 1.6 1.5

Lw + 1

28 64 4.1 10 26 52 3.7 8 19 25 25 42 2.6 4 3.3 7 14 17 20 24 2.1 3 2.5 4

69


125 - 370 - 637 SERIES SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE FOR 125 Ak (m2) 0.013 0.020 0.030 0.045 0.060 0.075 0.093 0.125 0.150 0.175 0.200 0.260 0.350 0.420 0.530

LxH (mm)

qv 200

200 x 100 300 x 100 200 x 150 400 x 100 300 x 150 600 x 100 400 x 150 800 x 100 500 x 150 1000 x 100 600 x 150 1200 x 100 800 x 150 1000 x 150 800 x 200 1200 x 150 600 x 300 1000 x 200 500 x 400 1200 x 200 800 x 300 1000 x 300 800 x 400 1000 x 400 800 x 500 1200 x 400 1000 x 400 1200 x 500

- 370 SERIES

(m3/h)

200 x 200

26 4.2 16 2.8 – 1.9

– 42 – 18 – 8

300 x 200

300

28 4.2 19 2.9 – 1.9

400

– 42 – 19 – 8

27 3.7 19 2.5

– 32 – 14

400 x 200 500 300 600 400 500 400

x x x x x x

500

200 300 200 300 300 400

24 3.1 18 2.3 – 1.8

– 24 – 12 – 8

750

28 3.5 23 2.7 19 2.2 – 1.6

– 29 – 18 – 12 – 6

1000

31 3.8 26 3.0 19 2.2 – 1.8 – 1.6

– 34 – 22 – 12 – 8 – 6

600 x 400 500 x 500

1500

36 4.5 30 3.4 26 2.7 22 2.4 20 2.1 – 1.6

600 x 600 (SC 370)

Lw Vk

-

Pa

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted on terminals with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238.

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE FOR 637 Ak (m 2)

LxH (mm)

0.15

554 x 254

0.30 0.38

qv (m 3/h) 800 1200

1600

26 35 36 80 1.5 13 2.5 30 554 x 554 – 9 25 20 33 0.8 3 1.3 7 1.5 628 x 628 Lw Pa2 30 13 34 1 6 1.2 Vk Pa

SERIES 2000

2500

3000

4000 Lw Pa2 V k Pa

39 17 24 11

38 1.8 37 1.5

61 43 95 23 2.3 30 30 42 64 46 18 2 32 2.5

92 50

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted on terminals with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238. Pa = pressure drop on terminal without filter. Pa2 = pressure drop with G3 filter included.

– 48 – 27 – 18 – 13 – 11 – 6

2000

33 3.7 30 3.2 27 2.8 22 2.2

– 31 – 24 – 18 – 12

3000

37 4.1 32 3.2 29 2.8 22 2.0 16 1.6

– 40 – 24 – 17 – 10 – 6

4000

38 4.1 36 3.7 28 2.6 23 2.1

– 40 – 31 – 16 – 11

5000

-

Lw Vk

Pa

35 3.3 30 3.3

– 26 – 22

70

INDOOR TERMINALS AC 181 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

AC 181 terminal

LxH

USE

• Horizontal v-shape vanes overlapping frame. Installation on thin partitions, max. 55 mm (doors or partition walls).

FINISH • Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • F0: none. • F1: visible screw attachment in frame. For more information, see page 76.

ACCESSORIES • No accessories available.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions range from 200 x 65 to 1200 x 1200 mm with increments of 25 mm in width & 20 mm in height. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


max. 55

CONSTRUCTION 31

AC 181

min. 25

L + 39 x H + 39

• Air transfer from one room to another. • Confidentiality function. • P ositioned on partition, mainly as door vent.

L + 32 x H + 32

TRANSFER TERMINALS WITH FIXED VANES

71

181 SERIES

Standard range Dimensions 200 x 100 300 x 150 400 x 200 600 x 200 500 x 300 600 x 300 600 x 400 Mounting • Visible screw attachment in frame.

AC 181 transfer terminal 11050687 11050688 11050689 11050690 11050691 11050692 11050693 Finish • Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue.

Range with choice of options Model with overlapping frame AC 181

Code 11002016

Available dimensions H / L (mm) 105 165 205 265 305 405 465 505 565

322 ✖ ✖ ✖

372 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

422 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

472 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

522 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

572 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

622 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

722 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

822 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

1022 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

1222 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

Available options Mounting

Finish • Anodised with natural satin hue. • E poxy paint finish from RAL colour chart (all models). View the list of available colours in the appendix.

• F0: none. • F1: concealed screw attachment in filter housing.

SELECTION - TRANSFER Ak (m2)

LxH (mm)

0.016

300 x 100

200 x 150

0.027

500 x 100 200 x 200 800 x 100 300 x 200 1000 x 100 400 x 200 1200 x 100 500 x 200 800 x 150 400 x 300 1200 x 150 500 x 300 1000 x 200 500 x 400 1200 x 200 600 x 400 1200 x 300 600 x 500 1000 x 400 600 x 600

300 x 150

0.040 0.056 0.070 0.081 0.120 0.150 0.190 0.260 0.320

400 x 150 500 x 150 800 x 150 300 x 300 600 x 200

qv (m3/h) 50 100 – – 23 0.9 3.5 1.7 – – 14 0.6 1.6 1.0 – 0.7 – 0.5 – 0.3

800 x 200 400 x 400 600 x 300

– 14 – 4.0 – 2.3 – 1.1 – 1.0

150

23 1.5 16 1.0 – 0.7 – 0.6 – 0.5

– 9.9 – 4.0 – 2.5 – 1.6 – 1.6

200

23 1.3 18 1.0 – 0.8 – 0.7 – 0.5

– 8.0 – 4.5 – 3 – 2.3 – 1.4

800 x 300 500 x 500 800 x 400 800 x 500

Lw Vk

-

Pa


300

25 1.5 22 1.2 20 1.0 – 0.7 – 0.57

400

600

800

31 2.0 18 27 6.5 1.6 11 – 26 – 35 – 4.0 1.3 8.0 2.1 20 20 27 33 2 0.9 4 1.4 9 1.9 – – – 24 – 30 1.6 0.6 2.0 1.1 5.0 1.5 – 20 25 0.6 1.5 0.9 3.5 1.1 13 – 21 0.63 1.8 0.8 18 0.7

1000

1500

2000

-

Lw Vk

Pa

15 – 35 – 9.8 1.9 15 30 6.0 1.5 10 – 26 – 34 – 3.1 1.0 4.1 1.6 11 – 22 – 30 – 36 2.3 0.8 3.1 1.2 5.9 1.7

– 13

10

72

INDOOR TERMINALS SR 377 - SR 378 SERIES - STEEL

SR 377 terminal

DIMENSIONS

SR 378 terminal

USE

LxH


CONSTRUCTION • SR 377: single deflection terminal with fixed horizontal vanes at 20° incline, pitch 8.5 mm. • S R 378: single deflection terminal with fixed horizontal vanes at 20° incline, pitch 6 mm. • Pressed steel.

FINISH

8.5 (L + 50) x (H + 50)

SR 377 terminal

• Steel with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

LxH

MOUNTING • F1: visible screw attachment in frame. For more information, see page 76.

ACCESSORIES

6

• No accessories available.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Range of dimensions on Range pages below. • No other dimensions available.


(L + 50) x (H + 50)

SR 378 terminal

73

PRESSED TERMINALS

SR 356 SERIES - STEEL

DIMENSIONS

SR 356 terminal

USE

L1 x H1

• Air supply. • Wall-mounted.

L2 x H2

CONSTRUCTION • Single deflection terminal with vertical vanes, 20° incline to left and right, 8.5 mm pitch. • Pressed steel.

FINISH • Steel, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

LxH

MOUNTING 41 5

• Visible attachment with screws in frame.

ACCESSORIES • Multiple-vane damper with parallel action. Built into terminal.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Range of dimensions on Range pages below. • No other dimensions available.


SR 356 TERMINAL L (mm) 203 305 254 305 406

H (mm) 102 102 152 152 203

L1 (mm) 242 344 293 00 00

H1 (mm) 145 145 193 00 00

L2 (mm) 00 00 00 00 00

H2 (mm) 00 00 00 00 00

74

INDOOR TERMINALS 377 - 378 - 356 SERIES

Standard range Dimensions 100 x 100 200 x 100 250 x 100 300 x 100 100 x 150 150 x 150 250 x 150 350 x 150 400 x 150 100 x 200 200 x 200 300 x 300 600 x 300 400 x 400 500 x 500 600 x 600 750 x 750 900 x 900 213 x 102 315 x 102 264 x 152 315 x 152 406 x 203

Terminal SR 377 Code

Terminal SR 378 Code 11050272

Terminal SR 356 Code

11050260 11050261 11050262 11050273 11050274 11050275 11050263 11050264 11050276 11050277 11050265 11050266 11050267 11050268 11050269 11050270 11050271

Mounting • Visible screw attachment in frame for SR 377/ 378 and SR 356.

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE


11050180 11050181 11050182 11050183 11050184 Finish • Steel, RAL 9010 white.

ACCESSORIES FOR INDOOR TERMINALS

75

SGS - AGB - D500 - F4 - ALUMINIUM OR STEEL

SGS or AGB damper

DIMENSIONS

F4 mounting frame

USE

50

8

AGB or SGS - Damper 50

32

• SGS: steel damper with counter-rotary action. The adjustable vanes are held in place with a comb to prevent vibration. Adjustment is possible using a screwdriver through the front of the terminal to move the vanes. An adjustment screw is available as an optional extra. • AGB: aluminium damper with counter-rotary action. The adjustable vanes are held in place with a comb to prevent vibration. Adjustment is possible using a screwdriver through the front of the terminal to turn the adjustment screw. • D500: dual deflection. Adjustable aluminium frame and vanes. • F4: mounting frame. Profiled section excluding galvanised steel strips. The mounting frame is delivered in 4 elements to assemble on-site using the connection tabs and slots.

50

CONSTRUCTION

7

• SGS and AGB: airflow control damper. • D500: dual deflection overlay. Suited to wall (or floor) mounted single-deflection grid terminals, this accessory delivers the "dual deflection" function with its adjustable vanes. • F4: mounting frame to enable easy installation of steel or aluminium grid terminals using friction clips (F3 attachment method).

LxH

FINISH • SGS: galvanised steel with natural hue. • AGB: rough aluminium. • F4: galvanised steel with natural hue.

MOUNTING • SGS and AGB: "S" clip attachment to terminal. • D500: "S" clip attachment to terminal. • F4: screw attachment or mortar seal in masonry.

ACCESSORIES • Adjustment screw for SGS damper.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions from 200 x 75 to 1200 x 500 in increments of 25 mm. For further information refer to the Range pages below.

F4 - mounting frame

76

INDOOR TERMINALS F1 - F3 - F5 SERIES - POSSIBLE ATTACHMENTS

USE • F1: visible screw attachment in frame. Screws are not supplied. • F3: concealed friction clip attachment. • F5: concealed clasp attachment.

TYPE F3

TYPE F1

Friction clips and F4 mounting frame. Not for ceiling installation.

Visible screw in frame. (Screws not supplied).

F1 attachment for AC 161 and AC 163 terminals

LxH TYPE F5

TYPE F6

Clasps with hidden screws. Fitted to ME F5 or MT F5 plenum.

Clasps with hidden screws. Assembly with F6 mounting frame.

LxH

LxH

POSITION OF ATTACHMENTS

Mushroom head tapping screw, cross-head DIN 7983 Ø 3.5 x 38 mm.

Number of attachment points.

Position of F1 attachment holes.

27

10

4

80

PLENUMS

77

ME F3 - ME F5 - MT F3 - MT F5 SERIES - STEEL

MT F3 plenum rear connection

DIMENSIONS

ME F3 plenum side connection

USE

CONSTRUCTION • MT F3 and MT F5: connection plenum with rear branch connection. Made of galvanised steel plate. Two models are available according to the connection diameter. - 90° model if connection diameter < nominal height of terminal. - 83° model if connection diameter nominal height of terminal (indicated by * in table). Note: 90° models are indicated by a * in the table. •M E F3 and ME F5: connection plenum with side branch connection. Made of galvanised steel plate.

130

• Connection plenums with circular top or side connection. • Suited to indoor terminal range. • MT F3 and ME F3 plenums are suitable for F3 (clip) attachment of standard terminals and do not require the use of an F4 mounting frame. • MT F3 and ME F3 plenums are suitable for F5 (clasp) attachment of standard terminals and do not require the use of an F6 mounting frame. ME F3: plenum with side connection

FINISH

MT F3: 90° plenum with rear connection

4

• Rough galvanised steel.

MT F3: 83° plenum with rear connection

MOUNTING • Ceiling-mounted with threaded rods or suspension cables (not supplied) (see p.107).

ACCESSORIES • Adjustment screw for SGS damper.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions from 200 x 75 to 1500 x 600 mm with increments of 25 mm. For further information refer to the Range pages below. Installation of MT plenum

Installation of ME plenum

DIMENSIONS OF AG 637 STANDARD RANGE L (mm) 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000

H = 100 ME / MT ME F3 Air F3 con. Ø 80* Ø 125 Ø 100 Ø 125 Ø 160 Ø 125 Ø 125 -

H = 150 ME / MT ME F3 Air F3 con. Ø 125* Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 160 Ø 160 Ø 160 -

H = 200 H = 300 ME / MT ME F3 Air ME / MT F3 F3 con. Ø 200 Ø 200 Ø 200 Ø 200 Ø 250* 2 x Ø 200 2 x Ø 250* 2 x Ø 250*

All MT plenums are 83° models except for those marked (*).

78

INDOOR TERMINALS

SGS - AGB - F4 - ME F3 - MT F3 - ME F5 - MT F5 SERIES Standard range Dimensions 1000 x 75 200 x 100 250 x 100 300 x 100 400 x 100 500 x 100 600 x 100 800 x 100 1000 x 100 250 x 150 300 x 150 400 x 150 500 x 150 600 x 150 800 x 150 1000 x 150 1500 x 150 400 x 200 500 x 200 600 x 200 800 x 200 1000 x 200 1500 x 200 300 x 300 500 x 300 600 x 300 800 x 300 1000 x 300 600 x 600 1000 x 600

SGS damper 11053259 11053241 11053242 11053243 11053244 11053245 11053271 11053272 11053273 11053246 11053247 11053248 11053249 11053250 11053274 11053275 11053276 11053251 11053252 11053253 11053254 11053277 11053278 11053268 11053269 11053255 11053256 11053257 11053270 11053267

Mounting frame F4 11053779 11053761 11053762 11053763 11053764 11053765 11053780 11053781 11053782 11053766 11053767 11053768 11053769 11053770 11053783 11053784 11053785 11053771 11053772 11053773 11053774 11053786 11053787 11053788 11053789 11053775 11053776 11053777 11053790 11053791

Plenum rear MT F3 11053631 11053632 11053633 11053634 11053635 11053636 11053637 11053638 11053639 11053640 11053641 11053642 11053643 11053644 11053645 11053646 11053647 11053648 11053649 11053650 11053651 11053652 11053653 11053657 11053658 11053654 11053655 11053656 11053659 11053691

Plenum side ME F3 11053661 11053662 11053663 11053664 11053665 11053666 11053667 11053668 11053669 11053670 11053671 11053672 11053673 11053674 11053675 11053676 11053677 11053678 11053679 11053680 11053681 11053682 11053683 11053687 11053688 11053684 11053685 11053686 11053689 11053690

Plenum air con side Plenum air con side ME F3 Insulated on 5 sides MEIF (5) F3 11053381

11053391

11053382

11053392

11053383

11053393

11053394

Range with choice of options Damper SGS - steel AGB - aluminium

Code 11003211 11003201

Mounting frame F4 clip attachment F6 clasp attachment

Code 11003001 11003002 11002512

Steel plenum ME F3 side connection MT F3 rear connection ME F5 side connection MT F5 rear connection

Code 11053701 11053703 11053702 11053704

Operational dimensions H / L (mm) 200 250 75 ✖ ✖ 100 ● ● 150 ✖ ● 200 ✖ ✖ 250 ✖ 300 400 450 500 ● Dimensions of standard range.

300 ✖ ● ● ✖ ✖ ●

400 ✖ ● ● ● ✖ ✖ ✖

450 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

500 ✖ ● ● ● ✖ ● ✖ ✖ ✖

600 ✖ ● ● ● ✖ ● ✖ ✖ ✖

700 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

800 ● ● ● ● ✖ ● ✖ ✖ ✖

Available options SGS steel damper • Supplied fitted. • Control screw.

AGB aluminium damper D 500 dual deflection • Supplied fitted. • Supplied fitted. • Stainless steel fasteners.

Plenum • Connection diameter Ø 80 to Ø 500 mm. • 1 or 2 branch connections. • Non-standard depths. • Insulation on 2 sides. • Insulation on 5 sides.

1000 ● ✖ ● ● ✖ ● ✖ ✖ ✖

1200 ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

79

INDOOR TERMINALS

MIXING CAPACITY AND CORRECTIONS FOR DEFLECTION CAPACITY FOR 100 SERIES TERMINAL

CAPACITY FOR 400 SERIES TERMINAL

0.4

0.4

Ak

0.35

Ak

0.35

m

2

0.3 0.25

2

0.25

0.42 0.35

0.2

0.2

0.18

0.28

0.16

0.21 0.16

0.14

tL tS

m

0.3

tL tS

0.18

0.257

0.16

0.205

0.14

0.154

0.12

0.132 0.105

0.10

0.078

0.10

0.077

0.09

0.06 0.049

0.09

0.057

0.08

0.04

0.07

0.117

0.12

0.097

0.08 0.044

0.07

0.03

0.06 0.055

0.024 0.02

0.05 0.045

0.016

0.04

2

2.5

3

3.5

4 4.5

5

6

7

8

0.011

DEFLECTION 0° 3m

0.029 0.022

0.05

0.015

0.045

0.012

0.04 2

0.074

L T (m)

0.036

0.06 0.055

2.5

3

3.5

4 4.5 5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 1415

0.01 0.008

L T (m)

DEFLECTION 40°

0

3

6

9

12

15 m

3m

0

3

6

9m

40 20

0

0

0

0

0 20 40

0

3m

3m

DEFLECTION 20° 3m

0

3

6

9

12 m

20 0

0

0 20

3m

CORRECTIONS FOR DEFLECTION Vanes Air jet angle Lt Vk DPt Lw

22° 35° x 0.70 x 1.15 x 1.40 +3

SYMBOLS 45° 60° x 0.55 x 1.25 x 1.80 +6

Lt (m) DTL (°C) DTS (°C) TM = DTL / DTS Example with air supply at 15 °C and ambient air temperature of 25 °C

Range in m Difference between temperature at end of range and ambient temperature (in °C) Difference between air supply temperature and ambient temperature (in °C) Ratio between temperature differences. This value defines the terminal's capacity to quickly mix new air with the ambient air. The temperature in the air jet at X (m) from the terminal = 25 - 10 x capacity (°C)

80

CEILING DIFFUSERS

CONTENTS Fixed circular diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P81 Adjustable circular diffusers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P83 Square removable-core diffusers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P86 Square perforated plate diffusers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P96 Square multi-slot diffusers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P101 Ceiling installation methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P107 Mixing capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P108

81

FIXED CIRCULAR DIFFUSERS

SC 831 - SC 832 TP SERIES - STEEL

SC 831 diffuser

SC 832 TP diffuser

DIMENSIONS

BY damper

USE

ØD

• Horizontal air supply, fixed diffusion direction. • Ceiling-mounted or on exposed duct. • Version designed to replace a standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling panel (SC 832 TP model). • Pressed steel concentric circular cones. • Square steel compensation panel for SC 832 TP.

FINISH

24

22

CONSTRUCTION

ØB

32 ØA

SC 831 diffuser

• Epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. Ø B1

MOUNTING

ØD

6

G

E

• Visible screw attachment to ceiling on outer cone. • Connection to circular duct using FR mounting ring or BY damper (SC 831 model) or directly to the neck (SC 832 TP model).

ACCESSORIES

25 10,5 21

ØD

FR ring ØN

C

ØD

6

• Diameters from 160 mm to 355 mm. • SC 832 TP: overall dimensions suited to standard T frame ceilings 600 x 600 mm.

SC 832 TP diffuser

P

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

AxB

70

For the SC 831 model: • Steel FR mounting ring. • Steel BY damper also serving as mounting ring. • Adjustment via centre of diffuser. Adjustment key supplied with damper. •G alvanised steel LRE connection plenum (side connection). For the SC 832 TP model: BR butterfly damper with 2 V-shaped flaps. • Steel Precise control using worm screw. •G alvanised steel LRE connection plenum (side connection).


ØF

LRE plenum

BY damper

STANDARD DIMENSIONS D A x B* A B (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 160 600 x 600 230 134 200 600 x 600 282 186 250 600 x 600 334 238 315 600 x 600 386 290 355* Not available 440 340 * Nominal ceiling panel dimensions

B1 (mm) 188 235 294 370 -

G (mm) 104 104 104 104 -

F (mm) 190 240 290 340 390

C (mm) 110 110 140 165 180

P (mm) 210 250 300 365 405

WxH (mm) 220 x 220 265 x 265 315 x 315 375 x 375 420 x 420

82

CEILING DIFFUSERS SC 831 - SC 832 TP SERIES

Standard range SC 831 diffuser Code 11051020 11051021 11051022 11051023 11051024

Dimensions Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315 Ø 355

FR mounting ring Code 11053440 11053441 11053442 11053443 11053444

BY damper Code 11053180 11053181 11053182 11053183 11053184

LRE plenum Side connection Code 11053311 11053312 11053313 11053314 11053315 Finish • Steel with epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white.

Mounting • Visible screw attachment (SC 831) and concealed (SC 832 TP).

SC 832 TP diffuser Code 11051015 11051016 11051017 11051018

BR damper Code 11053220 11053221 11053222 11053223

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • BY and BR dampers. • FR mounting ring. • LRE plenum.

831 - 832 SERIES Selection - air supply with ceiling effect Ak (m 2)

ØN (mm)

0.011

160

0.020

200

0.031

250

0.046

300

0.066

355

qv (m 3/h) 150 200

300

400

500

600

800

1000

1200

1400

Lw – 1.1 28 1.5 42 2.2 Vk 3.8 8 5 15 7.5 35 – 0.8 – 1.1 2.5 1.7 34 2.2 42 2.8 2.2 4 2.8 5 4.1 12 5.5 20 7 30 – 1.3 20 3.7 28 2.1 34 2.5 45 3.5 2.6 5 3.5 2 4.5 13 5.5 26 7.5 50 – 1.4 – 1.7 22 2.1 32 2.7 40 3.5 46 4.1 2.5 4 3 6 3.7 14 5.0 22 6.2 35 7.5 50 Lw Lt – 1.5 20 1.6 30 2.4 37 3 40 3.8 50 2.2 4 3.5 7 4.8 12 6 20 7 28 10.2 V k Pa

Lt Pa

4,8 39.2

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Vt = 0.37 m/s. Tests conducted with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238.



Vt (m/s)

0.25

0.375

0.5

0.625

Lt

x1

x 0.67

x 0.5

x 0.4

No damper DPt x 1.00 Lw + 0




83

ADJUSTABLE CIRCULAR DIFFUSERS

AF 842 - AT 842 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

AF 842 diffuser

DIMENSIONS

AT 842 diffuser

USE

E

F

• Horizontal or vertical air supply. Adjustable air diffusion. • Ceiling-mounted or on exposed duct. • Version designed to replace a standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling panel (AT 842 TP model).

CONSTRUCTION

FINISH • Epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white or RAL 9006 aluminium. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

6

• Aluminium outer cone and pressed steel core. Diffusion adjustable using worm screw system. AF 842 diffuser

MOUNTING • F0: concealed screw attachment on the side of the neck. • F16: concealed attachment with 3 brackets riveted to shell. • Connection to circular duct.

ACCESSORIES

AxB

AT 842 diffuser

P

ØD

• BR: butterfly damper with 2 or 4 V-shaped vanes (according to diameter). Steel construction. Precise control using worm screw. • IBY: butterfly damper with 2 or 4 V-shaped vanes (according to diameter). Steel construction. Adjustment by direct action on vanes through diffuser. Not available in diameters 500 and 630 mm. • LRE: galvanised steel connection plenum (side branch connection).

70

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Diameters from 160 mm to 630 mm. • AT 842 model designed to replace a 600 x 600 mm ceiling panel.


ØD

BR damper

LRE connection plenum

STANDARD DIMENSIONS ØD A x B* A B (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 160 600 x 600 354 295 200 600 x 600 428 370 250 600 x 600 532 465 315 600 x 600 623 555 355 Not available 730 645 400 Not available 776 690 500 Not available 909 807 630 Not available 1045 950 * Nominal ceiling panel dimensions.

E (mm) 110 120 135 150 187 185 195 184

F (mm) 55 50 50 50 75 78 79 75

P (mm) 270 310 360 425 465 510 610 740

WxH (mm) 220 x 220 265 x 265 315 x 315 375 x 375 420 x 420 460 x 460 560 x 560 690 x 690

84

CEILING DIFFUSERS AF 842 - AT 842 SERIES

Standard range Dimensions Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315 Ø 355 Ø 400 Ø 500 Ø 630

AF 842 F16 diffuser RAL9010 Code 11051060 11051061 11051062 11051063 11051064 11051065 11051067 11051068

AT 842 F16 diffuser RAL9010 Code 11051071 11051072 11051073 11051509

Mounting • Concealed screw attachment in side of neck or with mounting brackets supplied (F16).

AF 842 F16 diffuser RAL9006 Code 11051521 11051522 11051523 11051524 11051525 11051526 11051528 11051529

LRE plenum Side connection

BR damper

IBY damper

Code 11053311 11053312 11053313 11053314 11053315 11053316 11053318 11053319

Code 11053220 11053221 11053222 11053223 11053224 11053225 11053227 11053228

Code 11053231 11053232 11053233 11053234 11053235 11053236

Finish • Aluminium with epoxy paint RAL 9010 or RAL 9006.

Range with choice of options Dimensions Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315 Ø 355 Ø 400 Ø 450 Ø 500 Ø 630

AF 842 diffuser

AT 842 diffuser

Code 11002321 11002322 11002323 11002324 11002325 11002326 11002327 11002328 11002329

Code 11002331 11002332 11002333 11002334 -

LRE plenum Side connection Code 11003261 11003262 11003263 11003264 11003265 11003266 11003267 11003268 11003269

Available options Mounting • F0: concealed screw attachment only in neck. • F16: mounting brackets supplied.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • BR and IBY dampers. • LRE plenum.

Finish • Epoxy paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

Plenum • Special depth. • Special branch connections. • Insulation.

85

ADJUSTABLE CIRCULAR DIFFUSERS

842 SERIES Selection - air supply with ceiling effect Ak (m2)

ØD (mm)

0.015

160

0.027

200

0.040

250

0.056

315

0.074

355

0.090

400

0.013

500

0.019

630

qv (m3/h) 200 250

300

400

500

25 1.4 30 1.7 36 2.1 45 2.8 3.7 14 4.4 20 5.6 33 7.2 54 18 1.3 23 1.5 30 2.1 36 2.6 2.5 6.6 3 10 4 17 5 26 15 1.3 22 1.7 27 2.1 2 4.2 2.7 7.7 3.4 12 15 1.5 20 1.8 2 4.2 2.4 6

Lw Vk

600

42 6 33 4 25 3 20 2.3

800

1000

3.2 38 2.6 41 3.5 50 17 5.6 33 7 2.2 34 3 40 10 4 17 5 1.9 25 2.6 34 5 3 9 3.8 20 2.3 28 2.5 6.5 3

Lt Pa

1250

1500

1750

2000

2600 Lw Vk

Lt Pa

4.5 52 3.7 47 4.6 26 6.2 40 3.3 42 4.1 47 5 16 4.8 23 5.5 32 3.0 35 3.8 41 4.5 9 3.8 16 4.6 22 24 3.0 29 3.6 34 4.3 38 4.9 45 6 2.6 6.9 3.1 10 3.6 14 4.1 19 5 29 25 3.5 30 4.1 37 5.1 2.6 6.9 2.9 8 3.6 14




Vt (m/s)

0.25

0.375

0.5

0.625

Lt

x 1.5

x1

x 0.75

x 0.6



Damper 50 % open DPt x 0.95 x Vk2 Lw + 10

Damper 25 % open DPt x 3.28 x Vk2 Lw + 20

CORRECTIONS FOR VERTICAL AIR SUPPLY Temperature -10°C difference Lt x2 Vd* x 1.15 DPt x 1.3 Lw 4 * Speed at diffuser neck.

0°C

+10°C

+20°C

x 1.15 x 1.15 x 1.3 4

x 0.8 x 1.15 x 1.3 4

x 0.5 x 1.15 x 1.3 4

CORRECTIONS FOR USE AS EXHAUST INTAKE Ø 160 DPt x 1.2 Lw + 5

Ø 200 DPt x 1.2 Lw + 5

Ø 250 DPt x 1.4 Lw + 5

Ø 315 DPt x 1.8 Lw + 8

Ø 355 DPt x 1.8 Lw + 8

Ø 400 DPt x 1.9 Lw + 8

Ø 450 DPt x 2.1 Lw + 8

Ø 500 DPt x 2.3 Lw + 10

Ø 630 DPt x 2.5 Lw + 10

86

CEILING DIFFUSERS SF 704 SERIES - STEEL

SF 704 diffuser

DIMENSIONS

B 700 damper

USE

CONSTRUCTION • Outer frame and core made of shaped steel plate. • Removable and interchangeable core. • 32 mm wide frame.

L + 62 x H + 62

44.5

L-2xH-2

6

• Multi-directional horizontal air diffusion. • Four diffusion directions. •C eiling mounted. Flush-mounted on ceiling. • Fixed diffusion.

32

37.5 L + 124 x H + 124

SF 704: type F frame Diffuser only.

FINISH 94.5

• Epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • F 0: concealed side screw attachment on the neck of the diffuser. • F 1: visible screw attachment in frame, only for F frame. • F 7: concealed screw and suspension bridge attachment system, to be used in priority for installation on non removable ceilings. For more information, see page 88.

ACCESSORIES • B 700: damper with counter-rotary action, made of rough aluminium. Adjustable from front of diffuser using lever concealed between frame and core. Clip-mounted on terminal. • W4 pleated filter (50 mm) G3, M1 fire rating for use on exhaust intake. The filter is accessed by removing the central core from the front. Note: use of the W4 filter is incompatible with the B 700 damper. •G alvanised steel connection plenum with top or side branch connection. Available in simple or insulated versions. For more information, see page 91.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions from 150 x 150 to 600 x 600 mm with increments of 75 mm (square dimensions). • 4 72 x 472 model suited to standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling panels. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


SF 704 Diffuser with fitted damper.

DIMENSIONS SUITED TO STANDARD CEILING PANELS A x B* (mm) SF 700 SN 700 * Nominal ceiling panel dimensions. L x H (mm)

600 x 600 472 x 472 525 x 525

675 x 675 600 x 600

SQUARE REMOVABLE-CORE DIFFUSERS

87

AF 704 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

AF 704 diffuser

DIMENSIONS

B 700 damper

USE

L + 62 x H + 62

44.5

L-2xH-2

6

• Multi-directional horizontal air diffusion. • Four diffusion directions. • Ceiling mounted. Flush-mounted on ceiling. • Fixed diffusion.

CONSTRUCTION • Outer frame and core made of extruded aluminium. • Removable and interchangeable core. • 32 mm wide frame.

32

37.5 L + 124 x H + 124

AF 704: F frame Diffuser only.

FINISH 94.5

• Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • F0: concealed side screw attachment on the neck of the diffuser. • F1: visible screw attachment in frame, only for F frame. • F7: concealed screw and suspension bridge attachment system, to be used in priority for installation on non-removable ceilings. For more information, see page 88.

ACCESSORIES • B 700: damper with counter-rotary action, made of rough aluminium. Adjustable from front of diffuser using lever concealed between frame and core. Clip-mounted on terminal. • W4 pleated filter (50 mm) G3, M1 fire rating for use on exhaust intake. The filter is accessed by removing the central core from the front. Note: use of the W4 filter is incompatible with the B 700 damper. • Galvanised steel connection plenum with top or side branch connection. Available in simple or insulated versions. For more information, see page 91.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions from 150 x 150 to 600 x 600 mm with increments of 75 mm (square dimensions). • 472 x 472 model suited to standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling panels. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


AF 704

Diffuser with fitted B 700 damper.

DIMENSIONS SUITED TO STANDARD CEILING PANELS A x B* (mm) AF 700 AN 700 * Nominal ceiling panel dimensions. L x H (mm)

600 x 600 472 x 472 525 x 525

675 x 675 600 x 600

88

CEILING DIFFUSERS 704 SERIES - STEEL OR ALUMINIUM

AF 704 diffuser

MOUNTING

SF 704

MOUNTING • F 0: concealed side screw attachment on the neck of the diffuser. • F 1: visible screw attachment in frame, only for F frame. • F 7: concealed screw and suspension bridge attachment system, to be used in priority for installation on non-removable plaster or BA 13 ceilings.

4 2 1

94.5

3

13

6

7

5

L + 64 x H + 64

F7: screw and nut attachment on bridges. Designation Connection plenum Bridge with clip nut Bridge with screw fixed to diffuser neck Nut Ceiling Removable core

13

Reference 1 2 3 4 5 6

F0: concealed self-tapping screw attachment in the neck of the diffuser.

F1: screw attachment in frame.


89

SF 704 TP - AN 704 TP SERIES - ALUMINIUM OR STEEL

SF 704 TP diffuser

DIMENSIONS

B 700 damper

USE

L-2xH-2

• Diffusers intended to replace a standard ceiling panel. • Horizontal, 4-direction diffusion. • Fixed diffusion. • Ceiling mounted. For installation in replacement of a standard 600 x 600 or 675 x 675 ceiling panel. • Suited to T-frame or Fine Line suspended ceiling systems. • SF 704 TP: design based on an SF 704 equipped with a steel compensation plate. • AN 704 TP: design based on an AN 704 equipped with an aluminium compensation plate. • The compensation plate is dimensioned for seamless integration in the ceiling (Tbar or Fine Line frame). • Aluminium model AN 704 TP only available for Tbar frame 600 x 600 ceiling panels.

FINISH • Epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • F0: concealed screw attachment to plenum on the neck of the diffuser. The assembly is attached to the concrete ceiling using brackets on the connection plenum (the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework).

ACCESSORIES • B 700: damper with counter-rotary action, made of rough aluminium. Adjustable from front of diffuser using lever concealed between frame and core. Clip-mounted on terminal. • W4 pleated filter (50 mm) G3, M1 fire rating for use on exhaust intake. The filter is accessed by removing the central core from the front. Note: use of the W4 filter is incompatible with the B 700 damper. • Galvanised steel connection plenum with top or side branch connection. Available in simple or insulated versions. For more information, see page 91.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions range from 150 x 150 to 525 x 525 mm (square only). For further information refer to the Range pages below.


AxB

SF 704 TP or AN 704 TP For T frame suspended ceiling systems. L-2xH-2

8

CONSTRUCTION

15 AxB

SF 704 TP For Fine Line suspended ceiling systems (not available on aluminium model).

STANDARD DIMENSIONS A x B* (mm) 600 x 600

L x H (mm) 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375

A x B* (mm) 675 x 675

* Nominal ceiling panel dimensions. 675 x 675 mm dimensions not available on aluminium model.

L x H (mm) 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x 450 472 x 472 525 x 525

90

CEILING DIFFUSERS SC 704 R TP SERIES - STEEL

SF 704 R TP diffuser

DIMENSIONS

BR damper

USE

CONSTRUCTION • Outer frame and connection plenum made of pressed steel. • Core made of shaped steel plate. • Fixed core. • 27 mm wide frame.

FINISH • Epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • F0: concealed side screw attachment on the neck of the diffuser (attachment to concrete tile). • F 16: concealed attachment with brackets on diffuser shell fixation (attachment to concrete tile). Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

ACCESSORIES • BR: butterfly damper with 2 or 4 V-shaped vanes (according to diameter). Steel construction. Precise control using worm screw. For more information, refer to the chapter on adjustable circular diffusers. • Thermal insulation of diffuser (external shell insulation).

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Range of dimensions suited to 600 x 600 mm panels: - Ø 160 - Ø 200 - Ø 250 - Ø 315.


ØD

C

50

• Diffusers intended to replace a standard ceiling panel. • Connection plenum built into diffuser. • Air supply for all ventilation & air conditioning applications. • Horizontal, 4-direction diffusion. • Fixed diffusion. •C eiling mounted. Positioned in place of a standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling panel. • S uited to T-frame suspended ceiling systems.

37.5 AxB

SF 704 R TP

STANDARD DIMENSIONS A x B* (mm) 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 * Nominal ceiling panel dimensions.

C (mm) 98 102 122 135

Ø D (mm) 160 200 250 315

91


700 ACCESSORIES SERIES - ALUMINIUM OR STEEL

B 700 damper

DIMENSIONS

RE plenum

USE

A N

6

44.5

94,5

B

B 700 damper

ØD

• B 700: aluminium damper with counter-rotary action. Adjustable from front of diffuser using lever concealed between frame and core. Clip-mounted on terminal. The special design of the overlapping vanes enables optimum closure. • RT: connection plenum with circular connection on top. • RE: connection plenum with circular connection on side. • Possibility of perforated plate inside RE and RT plenums for better distribution of supply airflow. • Possibility of insulation inside RE and RT plenums. Thermal insulation on 5 sides or acoustic on 2 sides. • W4 pleated filter (50 mm) G3, M1 fire rating for use on exhaust intake. The filter is accessed by removing the central core from the front. Note: use of the W4 filter is incompatible with the B 700 damper.

FINISH • Rough galvanised steel. • Black paint finish on request (B 700 damper only).

P

• B 700: extruded aluminium frame and vanes. • RT: galvanised steel connection plenum. • RE: galvanised steel connection plenum. 5 mm M1 polyurethane foam insulation.

P1

CONSTRUCTION

L+

30

H + 1,5

RE plenum

RT plenum 50

MOUNTING

H1

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

P

• The plenums are fitted with suspension brackets for attachment to a concrete tile.

70

• Dimensions from 150 x 150 to 600 x 600 mm with increments of 75 mm in width & height. For further information refer to the Range pages below.

RE plenum with perforated distribution plate.

STANDARD PLENUM DIMENSIONS L x H (mm) 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x 450 472 x 472 525 x 525 600 x 600

Ø D (mm) 125 160 250 315 355 355 355 400

D (mm) 215 250 340 405 445 445 445 490

H (mm) 230 265 355 420 460 460 460 505

D1 (mm) 115 115 165 165 215 215 215 215

92

CEILING DIFFUSERS SF 704 - SF 704 TP - SF 704 RTP SERIES

Standard range 4-channel diffuser white steel SF 704 Code 11051548 11051549 11051550 11051551 11051555 11051553 11051554

Dimensions 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 472 x 472 525 x 525 600 x 600

4-channel diffuser white steel SF 704 TP Code 11051076 11051077 11051078 11051079

Insulated steel diffuser SF 704 RI TP (5) F16 Code

Dimensions Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315

Steel diffuser SF 704 R TP F16 Code 11051086 11051087 11051088 11051089

11051090 11051091 11051092

Mounting • Concealed screw attachment in side of neck or suspension brackets.

BR damper Code 11053220 11053221 11053222 11053223

Finish • Steel with epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white.

Range with choice of options: square diffusers Dimensions L x H (mm) 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x 450 472 x 472 525 x 525 600 x 600

SF 704

SF 704 TP AxB 600x600

SF 704 TP AxB 675x675

Code 11002671 11002672 11002673 11002674 11002675 11002676 11002677 11002678

Code 11002691 11002692 11002693 11002694 11002695

Code 11002696 11002697 11002698 11002699 11002700 11002709 11002710

Range with choice of options: square diffusers with circular connection SF 704 R TP AxB 600x600

ØD (mm)

Code 11003231 11003232 11003233 11003234

Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315

Available options Mounting • F0: concealed screw attachment in neck. • F1: visible screw attachment in frame (SF frame only). • F7: concealed bridge attachment in plenum. • F16: attachment brackets supplied (SF 704 R TP only).

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • B 700 and BR dampers. • RE and RT plenums.

Suited to suspended ceilings • Tbar framework. • Fine-Line framework (SF 704 TP models only).

Thermal insulation • External shell insulation (SF 704 R TP only).



93

AF 704 - AN 704 TP SERIES Standard range Dimensions 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 472 x 472 525 x 525 600 x 600

4-channel diffuser white aluminium AF 704 Z Code 11051577 11051578 11051579 11051596 11051597 11051598 11051599 Mounting

4-channel diffuser aluminium AF 704 Code 11051560 11051561 11051562 11051563 11051675 11051565 11051566

4-channel diffuser white aluminium AN 704 Z TP Code 11051746 11051747 11051748 11051749

Finish • Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue or epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white (type Z).

• Concealed screw attachment on the side of the neck.

Range with choice of options: square diffusers Dimensions L x H (mm) 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x 450 472 x 472 525 x 525 600 x 600

AF 704

AN 704 TP AXB 600x600

Code 11002761 11002762 11002763 11002764 11002765 11002766 11002767 11002768

Code 11002811 11002812 11002813 11002814 11002815

Available options Mounting • F0: concealed screw attachment in neck. • F1: visible screw attachment in frame (SF frame only). • F7: concealed bridge attachment in plenum.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • B 700 damper. • RE and RT plenums. • W4 pleated filter.

Finish • Anodised aluminium with a natural tint. • Epoxy paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

94

CEILING DIFFUSERS RE - RT - B 700 - CW4 - W4 SERIES


Damper B 700

150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 472 x 472 525 x 525 600 x 600

Code 11051321 11051322 11051323 11051324 11051328 11051326 11051327

Filter cartridge (G3 filter included) CW4 Code 11053431 11053432 11053433 11053434 11053435

with rear Bare G3 filter (replacement) Plenum connection W4 RT Code Code 11053371 11053580 11053372 11053583 11053373 11053585 11053374 11053588 11053375 11053592 11053590 11053591

Plenum with insulated side REIF (5) Code 11053594 11053595 11053596 11053597

Plenum with side connection RE Code 11053610 11053613 11053615 11053618 11053609 11053620 11053621

Range with choice of options: for square diffusers Dimensions L x H (mm) 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x 450 472 x 472 525 x 525 600 x 600

RE

RT

Code 11003271 11003272 11003273 11003274 11003275 11003276 11003277 11003278

Code 11003281 11003282 11003283 11003284 11003285 11003286 11003287 11003288

Range with choice of options: all models Accessories B 700 damper CW4 filter cartridge W4 replacement filter

Code 11003203 11003250 11053370

Plenums RE side connection RT top connection

Code 11003270 11003280

Available options Damper • Black shutters.

Mounting (Plenum) • F7: bridge. Only available with RE models code 11003270 and RT code 11003280. • F0: screw in neck.

Plenum • Special depth. • Special branch connections. • Perforated distribution plate. • Insulation on 2 or 5 sides.

Vk

Pa

2.6 6.9 2.9

Corrections pour d'autres vitesses terminales Vt (m/s)

0.25

0.37

Lt

x1

x 0.87

Vk

0.5

Lt (m)

SQUARE REMOVABLE-CORE DIFFUSERS . x 0 65

qv (m3/h) 100 150

LxH (mm)

0.011

SELECTION 0.023 Ak 0(m .032)8 0.011 0.057 0.023 0.087 0.038 0.106 0.057 0.137 0.087

200

x 1.15

250

300

20 0.7 29 1.0 34 1.4 4.2 10EFFECT 5.6 19FOR 704 SERIES - AIR SUPPLY 2.8 WITH4.6CEILING 225 x 225 17 0.8 23 1.0 28 1.2 32 1.5 LxH qv (m3/h)2.1 2.6 2.8 4.6 3.5 7.2 4.2 10 100 150 200 30(mm) 0 x 300 1.82500.9 223001.1 150 x 150 20 0.7 29 1,0 34 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.3 3.2 375 x 375 2.8 4.6 4.2 10 5.6 19 225 x 225 17 0.8 23 1,0 28 1,2 32 1.5 472 x 472 2.1 2.6 2.8 4.6 3.5 7.2 4.2 10 300 x 300 1.8 0.9 22 1.1 525 x 525 1.9 2.2 2.3 3.2 375 x 375 600 x 600 Lw Lt Vk Pa 472 x 472

x 1.15

x2

400

500

x 0.8

x 0.5

Lw

x 1.3

+4

600

800

1000

1200

0.25 600 x 600 x 2 Lw Vk

0.37 Lxt 1.33 Pa

0.5

0.63

0.75

x1

x 0.8

x 0.67

1500 Lw Vk

37 2.0 5.6 19 284001.5 3.1 5.7 21 1.2 1.9 37 2.4 2.0 5.6 19 28 1.5 3.1 5.7 21 1.2 1.9 2.4

325001.8 366002.3 3.9 9.0 4.6 13 25 1.5 29 1.8 2.5 3.7 2.9 5.3 23 1.5 32 1.8 2.1 36 2.5 2.3 3.9 9.0 4.6 13 25 1.5 29 1.8 2.5 3.7 2.9 5.3 23 1.5 2.1 2.5

0.106 525 x 525 vitesses terminales Corrections pour d'autres Vt (m/s)

14

Pt

150 x 150

Les valeurs Lw (NR) ne tiennent pas compte de l'atténuation du local.

0.137 Lt

3.6

95

Corrections pour soufflage vertical

Série AF 704 - SF 704 - AN 704 TP - SN 704 TP Souffl age 4 di r ect i ons av ec effet de pl afond 704 SERIES

Ak (m2)

8

Vt = 0.37 m/s.

Les valeurs Lw (NR) ne tiennent pas compte de l'atténuation du local.

Série SF 704 R TP

800 35 3.9 29 2.8 24 2.0 35 20 3.9 1.5 29 2.8 24 2.0 20 1.5

1000

2.4 9.4 2.0 4.5 1.7 2.4 2.4 1.5 9.4 1 2.0 4.5 1.7 2.4 1.5 1

40 5.0 33 3.4 28 2.5 40 24 5.0 2 33 3.4 28 2.5 24 2

1200

3.0 15 2.4 5.9 2.1 3.8 3.0 1.8 15 2.4 2.4 5.9 2.1 3.8 1.8 2.4

Lt Pa

1500 Lw Vk

37 4.2 32 3.1 28 2.5 37 4.2 32 3.1 28 2.5

Lt Pa

3.0 42 3.7 10 5.1 15 2.6 37 3.2 5.5 3.8 8.6 2.2 32 2.7 3.8 3 5.4 3.0 42 3.7 0,5 m/s. 10Vt =5.1 15 2.6 37 3.2 5.5 3.8 8.6 2.2 32 2.7 3.8 3 5.4


SELECTION - AIR SoufSUPPLY fl age 4 diWITH r ect i onCEILING s av ec efEFFECT fet de pl aFOR fond704 RTP SERIES Ak (m2)

ØN (mm)

0.022

Ø 160

0.034

Ø 200

0.054

Ø 250

0.085

Ø 315

qv (m3/h) 150 200 18 2.1

1 4

Lw Vk

Lt Pa

250

300

400

500

600

800

1000

1200

1500

24 1.2 29 1.4 35 1.7 39 2.2 Lw Lt 2.9 7 3.7 13.2 4.2 16 5.6 22 Vk Pa 19 1.2 24 1.5 29 1.7 34 2.1 41 3 2.1 5 2.5 5.4 3.4 6.8 4.2 15 5 19 22 1.5 28 1.8 30 2.2 38 2.8 46 3.4 2.3 5 2.8 7 3.5 12 4.5 17 5.6 22 25 1.7 28 2.2 35 2.6 39 3.3 44 4.1 2.1 4.5 2.8 6.1 3.4 12 4.2 15 5.1 20

L es vLw aleu(NR) rs Lw (NR) ndo e tnot ienntake ent pinto as coaccount mpte deany l'attnoise énuatio n du local. The values attenuation

in the room.

Vt = 0,5 m/s.

Corrections pour d'autres vitesses terminales

0.75 x 0.67

DPt x 1.00 Lw - 0


60 50

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER No damper

70

Damper 50 % open DPt x 0.95 x Vk² Lw + 10

Damper 25 % open DPt x 3.28 x Vk² Lw + 20

0

0.625 x 0.8

30

0.5 x1

PRESSURE DROPS ON W4 FILTER ONLY

0x

0.75 x 0.67

37

5

37

5x

30

0.63 x 0.8

5

0.375 x 1.33

0.5 x1

225 x22

0.25 x2

0.37 x 1.33

0

Vt (m/s) Lt

x2

150x15

Lt

∆P (Pa)

Vt (m/s) 0.25 CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER VT

30

50 0x4 45 472 x 2 47

20

525

40

x525

00

600x6

10 0 0

CORRECTIONS FOR USE AS EXHAUST INTAKE Sizes 150 and 225 DPt x 1.20 Lw + 2

Sizes 300 and 375 DPt x 1.30 Lw + 3



200

400

600

800 Q (m3/h)

1000

1200

1400

1600

96

CEILING DIFFUSERS SC 310 R- SC 319 R SERIES - STEEL

SC 310 R diffuser

DIMENSIONS

BR damper

USE

C

F

• Air supply or exhaust intake. • 1, 2, 3 or 4 diffusion directions. •C eiling mounted. Flush-mounted on ceiling. • Adjustable air diffusion. • Exhaust intake version with possibility of filtration. • Galvanised steel square diffuser with perforated façade. • Opening mesh panel. • Circular connection. • S C 310 R: 1 to 4-channel multi-directional diffusion using individually-adjustable deflectors. • SC 319 R: perforated plate for exhaust intake.

6

CONSTRUCTION 27

W

SC 310 R diffuser

FINISH • Epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix. H3

MOUNTING • F0: concealed screw attachment on the neck. • F 16: concealed attachment with 3 brackets riveted to shell. • Connection to circular duct.

6

1

ACCESSORIES • BR: butterfly damper with 2 or 4 V-shaped vanes (according to diameter). Steel construction. Precise control using worm screw. • Thermal insulation on outside of shell (M1 polyurethane foam). • W: G3 flat filter M1 fire rating. •N E: galvanised steel connection plenum with side connection. The NE plenum can be equipped with an inner perforated plate for better distribution of the supply airflow.

W

SC 310 R diffuser with NE plenum and perforated distribution plate.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Range of dimensions L x H (mm): - 300 x 300 - 400 x 400 - 500 x 500 - 562 x 562 (size suited to standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling panels). For further information refer to the Range pages below.


ØD

BR damper

The deflectors are positioned after opening the perforated plate.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS L x H (mm) 300 x 300 400 x 400 500 x 500 562 x 562

W (mm) 280 380 480 545

C (mm) 98 108 122 135

Ø D (mm) 160 200 250 315

H3 (mm) 260 310 380 430

SQUARE PERFORATED PLATE DIFFUSERS

97

SC 360 R - SC 369 R SERIES

SC 360 R diffuser

DIMENSIONS

SC 360 R diffuser - rear view

USE

•G alvanised steel square diffuser with removable perforated façade. • Dimensions adjusted to ceiling modules using a solid compensation plate. • Circular connection. • SC 360 R: 1 to 4-channel multi-directional diffusion using individually-adjustable deflectors. • SC 369 R: perforated plate for exhaust intake. • Perforated central element opens to enable easy access to deflectors or filter.

C W

SC 360 R diffuser

H3

CONSTRUCTION

F

• Air supply or exhaust intake. • 1, 2, 3 or 4 diffusion directions. • Ceiling mounted. For installation in replacement of a standard 600 x 600 or 675 x 675 ceiling panel. • Suited to T-frame or Fine Line suspended ceiling systems. • Adjustable air diffusion. • Exhaust intake version with possibility of filtration.

1

• Steel with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING

6

FINISH

W

SC 360 R diffuser with NE plenum and perforated distribution plate.

• F0: concealed screw attachment on the neck. • F16: concealed attachment with 3 brackets riveted to shell. • Connection to circular duct.

ACCESSORIES • BR: butterfly damper with 2 or 4 V-shaped vanes (according to diameter). Steel construction. Precise control using worm screw. • Thermal insulation on outside of shell (M1 polyurethane foam). • W: G3 flat filter M1 fire rating. • NE: galvanised steel connection plenum with side connection. The NE plenum can be equipped with an inner perforated plate for better distribution of the supply airflow.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS •C eiling dimensions A x B available: 600 x 600 and 675 x 675 mm. Connection diameters Ø D from 160 to 315 mm. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


ØD

BR damper

DIMENSIONS AVAILABLE A x B* (mm) W (mm) 600 x 600 280 600 x 600 380 600 x 600 480 600 x 600 545 675 x 675 280 675 x 675 380 675 x 675 480 675 x 675 545 * Nominal ceiling panel dimensions.

C (mm) 98 108 122 135 98 108 122 135

Ø D (mm) 160 200 250 315 160 200 250 315

H3 (mm) 260 310 380 430 260 310 380 430

98

CEILING DIFFUSERS 310 - 319 - 360 - 369 SERIES

Standard range Dimensions Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315

Insulated air Insulated air supply diffuser supply diffuser SC310 RIF (5) SC360 RIF (5) F16 F16 Code Code 11051159 11051160 11051144

Air supply diffuser SC 310 R F16

Exhaust intake diffuser SC 319 R F16

Air supply diffuser SC 360 R F16

Exhaust intake diffuser SC 369 R F16

Spare filter W

BR damper

Code 11051140 11051141 11051142 11051143

Code 11051170 11051171 11051172 11051173

Code 11051145 11051146 11051147

Code 11051135 11051136 11051137

Code

Code 11053220 11053221 11053222 11053223

Mounting • F 16: concealed attachment with 3 brackets riveted to shell.

11053519 11053520 11053521

Finish • Steel with epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white.

Range with choice of options: square diffusers Dimensions L x H / Ø D (mm) 300 x 300 / Ø 160 400 x 400 / Ø 200 500 x 500 / Ø 250 562 x 562 / Ø 315

SC 310 R

SC 319 R

Code 11002141 11002142 11002143 11002144

Code 11002146 11002147 11002148 11002149

Range with choice of options: square diffusers for ceiling panels Dimensions L x H / Ø D (mm)

SC 360 R

SC 369 R

Code

Code

600 x 600 / Ø 160 600 x 600 / Ø 200 600 x 600 / Ø 250 600 x 600 / Ø 315 675 x 675 / Ø 160 675 x 675 / Ø 200 675 x 675 / Ø 250 675 x 675 / Ø 315

11002585 11002587 11002589 11002591 11002594 11002596 11002598 11002600

11002635 11002637 11002639 11002641 11002644 11002646 11002648 11002650

Available options Mounting • F0: concealed screw attachment on the neck. • F16: concealed attachment with 3 brackets riveted to shell.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • BR damper. • W flat filter.

Thermal insulation • External insulation on shell.


SQUARE PERFORATED PLATE DIFFUSERS

310 - 360 SERIES SELECTION - 4-DIRECTION DIFFUSION WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak (m2)

LxH (mm)

ØD (mm)

0.018

300 x 300

160

0.034

400 x 400

200

0.056

500 x 500

250

0.080

562 x 562

315

qv (m3/h) 125 150

200

– 0.8 – 1.0 21 1.9 3.2 2.3 4.6 3.1 – 1.6

Lw Vk

250

300

1.3 28 1.7 34 8.1 3.9 13 4.6 1.0 – 1.2 19 2.7 2.0 4.3 2.5 – 1.5

Lt Pa

400

600

2.0 18 1.5 27 2.0 6.2 3.3 11 1.2 – 1.5 27 2.3 2.0 4.0 3.0 – 1.3 16 1.4 1.7 2.1

800

1000 Lw Vk

Lt Pa

2.3 37 3.8 9.1 4.0 16 1,9 25 2.5 32 3.2 3.9 2.8 6.9 3.5 11


SELECTION - 3-DIRECTION DIFFUSION WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak (m 2)

LxH (mm)

ØD (mm)

0.015

300 x 300

160

0.028

400 x 400

200

0.046

500 x 500

250

0.067

562 x 562

315

qv (m 3/h) 125 150

200

250

300

400

600

800


SELECTION - 2-DIRECTION DIFFUSION WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak (m 2)

LxH (mm)

ØD (mm)

0.012

300 x 300

160

0.023

400 x 400

200

0.037

500 x 500

250

0.054

562 x 562

315

qv (m 3/h) 125 150

200

250

300

400

600

SELECTION - 1-DIRECTION DIFFUSION WITH CEILING EFFECT LxH (mm)

ØD (mm)

0.009

300 x 300

160

0.017

400 x 400

200

0.027

500 x 500

250

0.040

562 x 562

315

800

– 1.2 25 1.4 34 1.9 42 2.4 Lw Lt 2.9 10 3.5 15 4.6 26 5.8 41 Vk Pa – 1.4 23 1.7 29 2.1 38 2.7 2.4 7 3.0 11 3.6 16 4.8 28 – 1.6 25 2.2 38 3.2 2.3 6 3.0 11 4.5 25 Lw Lt – 1.8 27 2.7 37 3.6 Vk Pa 2.1 5 3.1 11 4.1 20


Ak (m 2)

1000

– 0.9 – 1.1 27 1.4 35 1.8 41 2.1 Lw Lt Vk Pa 2.3 6 2.8 9 3.7 15 4.6 24 5.6 35 – 1.0 – 1.3 23 1.5 32 2.1 2.0 4.4 2.5 7 3.0 10 4.0 18 – 1.2 – 1.6 31 2.4 41 3.2 1.8 4 2.4 7 3.6 15 4.8 26 Lw Lt – 2.0 30 2.7 37 3.3 Vk Pa 2.5 7 3.3 12 4.1 19

qv (m 3/h) 125 150

200

250

300

400

600

27 2.0 33 2.4 42 3.2 Lw Lt 3.9 18 4.6 27 6.2 44 Vk Pa 20 1.5 20 1.7 24 2.3 31 2.9 37 3.5 2.0 5 2.5 3 3.3 13 4.1 21 4.9 30 20 1.8 20 2.3 24 2.8 34 3.7 2.1 5 2.6 8 3.1 12 4.1 21 Lw Lt 20 2.3 23 3.0 36 4.5 Vk Pa 2.1 5 2.8 10 4.2 22


99

100

CEILING DIFFUSERS 310 - 360 SERIES

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE Ak (m²) 0.0200

LxH (mm) 300 x 300

ØD (mm) 160

0.0350

400 x 400

200

0.0600

500 x 500

250

0.0930

562 x 562

315

150 (m3/h) 2.1 12

Lw Vk

300 (m3/h) 29 4.2 48 2.5 15

400 (m3/h)

24 3.3 1.9

28 9

Pa

600 (m3/h)

34 5 23 2.8 1.7

800 (m3/h)

60 19 8

31 3.8 21 2.5

35 15

1000 (m3/h)

36 4.8 26 3

55 22

1200 (m3/h)

31 3.6

33

1400 (m3/h)

34 4.1

42

1600 (m3/h) Lw Vk Pa

38 4.9

57

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted with a "perfect" plenum in compliance with standard EN 12238.

CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER Vt Vt (m/s) Lt

0.25 x2

0.375 x 1.33

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER 0.5 x1

0.625 x 0.8

0.75 x 0.67

No damper DP x 1.00 Lw - 0

Damper 100 % open DP x 1.94 Lw + 7



101

SQUARE MULTI-SLOT DIFFUSERS

ALD 610 K SERIES - ALUMINIUM

ALD 610 K with central plate

DIMENSIONS

ALD 610 K with suspended ceiling panel

USE

VxV

40

H1

ØD

15

• Air supply or exhaust. • Fixed horizontal 4-direction diffusion with 1, 2, 3, or 4 slots. • Exhaust intake version with filter holder and opening core for easy access to filter. • Ceiling diffuser for installation in replacement of a standard 600 x 600 mm or 675 x 675 mm suspended ceiling panel (T frame). • Possible to add a filter on the exhaust intake diffuser to replace that of the ducted convector fan for example.

CONSTRUCTION • Extruded aluminium body and deflectors. • Steel central plate. Note: the central plate may be replaced by a suspended ceiling panel cut out to the same format as the plate for a more seamless finish. • Exhaust intake model with filter holder and opening central core for easy access to filter. • Galvanised steel connection plenum with side connection (RE) or top connection (RT), simple or insulated.

G

PxP AxB

ALD 610 K diffuser with plenum, side connection. VxV ØD

FINISH

H2

40

• Aluminium with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • Concealed attachment of diffuser to plenum using non-removable clips. • Assembly attached to concrete panel using brackets on the plenum. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

ACCESSORIES • G2 or G3 flat filter on exhaust intake (M1 fire rating). • Control damper fitted to plenum with access through the diffuser. • Plenum insulated on 2 or 5 sides (M1 polyurethane foam). • Supplementary connection on the plenum.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Range from 1 to 4 slots for standard 600 x 600 mm or 675 x 675 mm ceiling panels. For further information, refer to the Range pages below.


G

PxP AxB

ALD 610 K diffuser with plenum, top connection.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS A x B* Nbr PxP VxV H1 H2 G Ø D H1** Ø D** (mm) slots (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 600 x 600 1 508 x 508 560 x 560 265 125 25 200 325 250 600 x 600 2 474 x 474 560 x 560 325 125 42 250 325 250 600 x 600 3 440 x 440 560 x 560 325 125 59 250 325 250 600 x 600 4 406 x 406 560 x 560 325 125 76 250 325 250 675 x 675 1 583 x 583 635 x 635 265 125 25 200 325 250 675 x 675 2 549 x 549 635 x 635 325 125 42 250 325 250 675 x 675 3 515 x 515 635 x 635 325 125 59 250 325 250 675 x 675 4 481 x 481 635 x 635 325 125 76 250 325 250 Nominal ceiling panel dimensions. ** Opening version with filter only.

102

CEILING DIFFUSERS

COMBINED ALD 610 K SERIES - ALUMINIUM

USE

VxV

40

ØD

40

H

ØD

• Simultaneous air supply (around edge) and exhaust intake (in centre) for all ventilation and air conditioning applications. • F ixed horizontal 4-direction diffusion with 1, 2, 3, or 4 slots. •C eiling diffuser for installation in replacement of a standard 600 x 600 mm or 675 x 675 mm suspended ceiling panel (T frame). • P ossible to add a filter on the exhaust intake part to replace that of the ducted convector fan for example.

10

DIMENSIONS

Combined ALD 610 K diffuser

CONSTRUCTION • Diffuser fitted with double plenum delivering air supply and exhaust intake functions simultaneously. • Aluminium air supply body and deflectors. • P erforated steel central plate (exhaust intake). This plate may be fitted with a filter, in which case the central core opens to enable easy access to the filter. •G alvanised steel double plenum with two opposing branch connections.

FINISH • Aluminium with epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • Concealed attachment of diffuser to plenum using non removable clips. The equipment is delivered pre-assembled. • Assembly attached to concrete panel using brackets on the plenum. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

ACCESSORIES • G2 or G3 flat filter for exhaust intake zone (M1 fire rating). •D ouble plenum insulated on 5 sides (M1 polyurethane foam). • Air supply and exhaust intake connections at 90° from each other.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Range from 1 to 4 slots for standard 600 x 600 mm or 675 x 675 mm ceiling panels. For further information, refer to the Range pages below.


G

PxP AxB

Combined ALD 610 K diffuser with plenum.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS A x B* Number PxP (mm) of slots (mm) 600 x 600 1 508 x 508 600 x 600 2 474 x 474 600 x 600 3 440 x 440 600 x 600 4 406 x 406 675 x 675 1 583 x 583 675 x 675 2 549 x 549 675 x 675 3 515 x 515 675 x 675 4 481 x 481 * Nominal ceiling panel dimensions.

VxV (mm) 560 x 560 560 x 560 560 x 560 560 x 560 635 x 635 635 x 635 635 x 635 635 x 635

H (mm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365

G (mm) 25 42 59 76 25 42 59 76

ØD (mm) 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250

103


ALD 610 K - COMBINED ALD 610 K SERIES Range with choice of options ALD 610 K Dimensions

Number of slots

600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 675 x 675 675 x 675 675 x 675 675 x 675

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

ALD 610 K diffuser RE 610 side connection plenum RT 610 top connection plenum 11002864 11002866 11002867 11002868 11002869

RE 610 side connection plenum Code 11003321 11003324 11003324 11003324 11003326 11003329 11003329 11003329

RT 610 top connection plenum Code 11003331 11003334 11003334 11003334 11003336 11003339 11003339 11003339

Available options Diffuser • With or without solid central plate. • Opening core with filter.


Plenum • Supplementary connection. • Insulation on 2 or 5 sides. • Filter holder. • Damper on connection (not compatible with filter holder option).

Range with choice of options Combined ALD 610 K Dimensions

Number of slots

ALD 610 K combined diffuser Code

R-RE double plenum Code

600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 675 x 675 675 x 675 675 x 675 675 x 675

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

11002881 11002882 11002883 11002884 11002886 11002887 11002888 11002889

11003341 11003342 11003343 11003344 11003346 11003347 11003348 11003349

Available options Diffuser • Opening core with filter.


Plenum • Connection at 90°. • Insulation on 5 sides. • Filter holder.

104

CEILING DIFFUSERS ALD 610 K SERIES

SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Dimensions qv (m3/h) 150 200 0.016 600-1 slot 18 2.3 25 2.7 2.4 5 3.3 9 0.018 675-1 slot 16 2 23 2.6 2.3 4 2.9 7 0.030 600-2 slots Ak (m2)

0.034 675-2 slots

250 30 3 4 13 28 2.9 3.8 12 20 2.5 2.3 4 18 2.6 2 3

300 33 3.4 4.9 20 32 3.3 4.5 17 24 2.9 2.7 6 22 2.8 2.4 5

0.045 600-3 slots 0.051 675-3 fslots

400 39 4 6.5 35 38 3.9 6 30 29 3.4 3.6 11 27 3.3 3.2 8 22 2.9 2.3 4 20 2.8 2 3

0.060 600-4 slots 0.068 675-4 slots

Lw Vk

500

43 7.5 35 4.5 33 4 27 2.9 25 2.6 22 2.2

4,6 46 3.9 17 3.8 13 3.4 7 3.3 5 3.1 4

Lt Pa

600

38 5.5 36 4.9 30 3.4 28 3 26 2.6 23 2.4

4.5 25 4.2 19 3.8 9 3.7 7 3.5 5 3.4 4

800

44 7.1 42 6.5 36 4.6 35 4 32 3.5 29 3

1000

5.4 42 5.2 35 4.6 17 4.4 13 4.2 10 4 7

41 5.9 39 5.1 37 4.5 35 3.9

5.4 29 5.2 22 5 16 4.7 12

1200

45 6.9 43 6.2 41 5.2 38 4.6

6.3 39 6 33 5.7 22 5.4 17

1400 Lw Lt Vk Pa

44 6.2 42 5.5

6.6 31 6.2 25

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Vt = 0.37 m/s. Tests conducted with standard plenum.

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE WITHOUT FILTER Dimensions qv (m3/h) 150 200 0.012 600-1 slot 13 20 3.1 8 4.3 15 0.014 675-1 slot 11 18 3.0 7 3.8 12 0.023 600-2 slots Ak (m2)

0.026 675-2 slots

250 25 5.2 22 23 4.9 20 15 3.0 7 13 2.6 5

300 28 6.4 50 27 5.9 29 19 3.5 10 17 3.1 8

0.035 600-3 slots 0.039 675-3 slots

400 34 8.5 59 33 7.8 47 24 4.7 17 22 4.2 14 17 3.0 7 15 2.6 5

0.046 600-4 slots 0.052 675-4 slots

Lw Vk

500

30 5.9 28 5.2 22 3.8 20 3.4 17 2.9

29 22 12 8 7

Pa

600

33 7.2 31 6.4 25 4.4 23 3.9 21 3.4 18 3.1

43 32 15 12 8 7

800

37 8.4 31 6.0 30 5.2 27 4.6 24 3.9

1000

59 29 22 17 12

36 7.7 34 6.6 32 5.9 30 5.1

49 37 27 20

1200

38 8.1 36 6.8 33 6.0

56 37 29

1400 Lw Vk Pa

39 8.1 27 7.2

53 43

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted with standard plenum.

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE WITH G2 FILTER Dimensions qv (m3/h) 150 200 0.012 600-1 slot 13 20 3.1 8 4.3 15 0.014 675-1 slot 11 18 3.0 7 3.8 12 0.023 600-2 slots Ak (m2)

0.026 675-2 slots 0.035 600-3 slots 0.039 675-3 slots 0.046 600-4 slots 0.052 675-4 slots

Lw Vk

Pa

250 25 5.2 23 23 4.9 21 15 3.0 8 13 2.6 6

300 28 6.4 52 27 5.9 31 19 3.5 12 17 3.1 10

400 34 8.5 63 33 7.8 55 24 4.7 23 22 4.2 18 17 3.0 11 15 2.6 9

500

30 5.9 28 5.2 22 3.8 20 3.4 17 2.9

34 27 17 13 12

600

33 7.2 31 6.4 25 4.4 23 3.9 21 3.4 18 3.1

50 39 22 19 15 14

800

37 8.4 31 6.0 30 5.2 27 4.6 24 3.9

1000

1200

1400 Lw Vk Pa

40 33 28 23


36 7.7 34 6.6 32 5.9 30 5.1

68 56 46 39

38 8.1 36 6.8 33 6.0

62 54

39 8.1 27 7.2

68

DP > 70 Pa

105


COMBINED ALD 610 K SERIES SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Dimensions qv (m3/h) 150 200 0.016 600-1 slot 20 2.3 27 2.7 2.4 5 3.3 9 0.018 675-1 slot 17 2 24 2.6 2.3 4 2.9 7 0.030 600-2 slots Ak (m2)

0.034 675-2 slots

250 32 3 4 13 29 2.9 3.8 12 21 2.5 2.3 4 19 2.6 2 3

300 34 3.4 4.9 20 33 3.3 4.5 17 24 2.9 2.7 6 22 2.8 2.4 5

0.045 600-3 slots 0.051 675-3 slots

400 4 41 6.5 35 39 3.9 6 30 30 3.4 3.6 11 28 3.3 3.2 8 23 2.9 2.3 4 21 2.8 2 3

0.060 600-4 slots 0.068 675-4 slots

Lw Vk

500

43 7.5 35 4.5 34 4 28 2.9 26 2.6 23 2.2

4.6 46 3.9 17 3.8 13 3.4 7 3.3 5 3.1 4

Lt Pa*

600

38 5.5 37 4.9 32 3.4 29 3 27 2.6 24 2.4

4.5 25 4.2 19 3.8 9 3.7 7 3.5 5 3.4 4

800

45 7.1 43 6.5 37 4.6 36 4 33 3.5 31 3

5.4 42 5.2 35 4.6 17 4.4 13 4.2 10 4 7

1000

42 5.9 41 5.1 38 4.5 36 3.9

5.4 29 5.2 22 5 16 4.7 12

1200

46 6.9 44 6.2 42 5.2 39 4.6

6.3 39 6 33 5.7 22 5.4 17

1400 Lw Lt Vk Pa*

44 6.2 43 5.5

6.6 31 6.2 25

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room and cover the Combined assembly for air supply and exhaust intake applications. Vt = 0.37 m/s. Tests conducted with standard plenum. * Pressure drops for Combined assembly in air supply mode.

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE WITHOUT FILTER Dimensions 600-1 slot 675-1 slot 600-2 slots 675-2 slots 600-3 slots 675-3 slots 600-4 slots 675-4 slots

qv (m3/h) 150 1 1

200 1 1

250 2 1 3 2

300 3 1 4 2

400 5 3 6 4 9 4

500

600

800

10 6 14 7 19

14 9 20 10 27 13

15 36 18 49 23

Pa*

1000

1200

56 28

40

36

52

Tests conducted with standard plenum. * Pressure drops for Combined assembly in exhaust intake mode.

1400 Pa*

DP > 70 Pa

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE WITH G2 FILTER Dimensions 600-1 slot 675-1 slot 600-2 slots 675-2 slots 600-3 slots 675-3 slots 600-4 slots 675-4 slots

qv (m3/h) 150 2 1

200 2 1

250 3 2 4 2

Pa*

Tests conducted with standard plenum. * Pressure drops for Combined assembly in exhaust intake mode.

300 5 3 6 3

400 8 5 10 6 15 7

500

600

16 9 23 11 31

23 14 33 17 45 20

800

1000

1200

24 58 30

46

66

46

60

1400 Pa*

DP > 70 Pa

106

CEILING DIFFUSERS


0.25 x1

CORRECTIONS FOR EXHAUST INTAKE

0.375 x 0.67

0.5 x 0.5

Lw (NR)

0.625 x 0.4

PRESSURE DROP ON EXHAUST INTAKE - NO FILTER

-5

PRESSURE DROP FILTER ONLY - G2 100

1F -6

75

100 75

-6

2F

80

0 60 00

6 3F-

P (Pa)

0

2F

1F -6 0

P (Pa)

-

50

675 3F00 4F-6 5 4F-67

60 40

600

675

20

0

0 200

400

600

800

1000

1200

500

Q (m3/h)

1000

1500

Q (m3/h)

PRESSURE DROP FILTER ONLY - G3 100

P (Pa)

80 60 600 675

40 20 0 500

1000

1500

Q (m3/h)


0.25 x 1.5

PRESSURE DROP FILTER ONLY - G2

0.375 x1

0.5 x 0.75

0.625 x 0.6

80 70

00

-6

4F

60

PRESSURE DROP ON EXHAUST INTAKE - NO FILTER

P (Pa)

100 00

6 F-

4

60

00

-6

3F

00

-6

2F

75

40

0 5 -60 4F-670 60 1F- 75 6 F 3 75 2F-6 5 1F-67

2F

20

-6

4F

10

00 75 -6 1F 3F-6

0 500

675 2F675 1F-

40 20

1000

1500

Q (m3/h)

PRESSURE DROP FILTER ONLY - G3

0 500

1000

100

1500

00

-6

4F

3/h)

Q (m

80 00

-6

P (Pa)

P (Pa)

3F

30

80

00

-6

50

3F

60 40

600 F-675 4 600 1F- F-675 3 75 2F-6

20

1F-675

2F-

0 500

1000 Q (m3/h)

1500

107

ATTACHMENT ON SUSPENDED CEILINGS & SUSPENSION METHODS CEILING MOUNTING

CEILING MOUNTING POSSIBLE METHODS Ceiling diffusers can be attached to suspended ceilings in several manners. • Attached to underside. • Attached to Tbar framework. • Attached to Fine-Line framework (or Armstrong® range MicroLook system). In all cases the diffuser + plenum assembly must be correctly attached to the building structure. The weight of the assembly must not be borne by the suspended ceiling framework. One possibility is to use the quick suspension cables shown below.

Attachment to underside.

Attachment to Tbar framework.

Attachment to Fine Line or MicroLook system.

SUPPORTS QUICK SUSPENSION CABLE Quick suspension cables

FIELD OF APPLICATION • Suspension and safety of plenums + diffusers.

DESCRIPTION • Flexible galvanised steel cables fitted with loop at one end. The other unattached end slides into the locking system to enable positioning of the supported object during and after its installation. • HK hook: - plug-less attachment hook for solid or aerated concrete panel, hollow bricks, etc. - stainless steel hook fixed in an M8 hole, - operating load: 78 kg.

Attachment to structure

RANGE Designation Quick Susp. 2 m 0-10 kg Quick Susp. 2 m 0-45 kg Quick Susp. 3 m 0-45 kg Quick Susp. 5 m 0-45 kg Supplied in bag of 10 parts Bag of 100 plug-less concrete attachment hooks

Code 11091063 11091064 11091065 11091093 11091095

EXECUTION • Installation. 1) First pass the cable around a structural element then through the loop. 2) Feed the cable in the groove on the locking device. 3) Pass the cable round the duct then in the other groove on the locking device. • Tool supplied to unlock and adjust length.

Attachment of plenum Cable N° 1 N° 2

Diameter 1 mm 2 mm

Admissible load 0 - 10 kg 10 - 45 kg

108

CEILING DIFFUSERS MIXING CAPACITY

CAPACITY FOR 831 SERIES DIFFUSER


0.25

0.3 0.25

0.2 0.18 0.16 0.14

0.2 0.18 0.16

0.12

0.14

0.1 0.09 0.08

tL tS

0.07

tL tS

0.06 0.05 0.04

500

0.1 0.09

450

0.08

400

0.07 0.06

355

0.05

315

0.04

315

0.035

630

0.12

0.03

250

0.03 250

0.025

0.025

0.02

200

0.02 200

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

1

5

L T (m)

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

5

L T (m)

160


CAPACITY FOR 300 SERIES DIFFUSER 0.5

0.25

Ak

0.4

Ak

0.2 0.18 0.16

m

2

0.3

m

2

0.25

0.14

0.25

0.12

0.2 0.18 0.16 0.14

tL tS

160

0.015

0.015

tL tS

0.12 0.1 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06

0.080

0.1 0.09

0.2

0.08

0.15

0.07

0.1 0.09 0.08 0.07

0.06 0.05 0.04

0.06

0.035

0.05

0.03

0.05

0.055

0.04

0.025

0.04

0.03

0.034

0.02

0.03 0.025 1

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

1

Lt (m)

0.35

0.3

DTL (°C)

0.25

DTS (°C)

0.2 0.18 4 0.16 3

0.14

0.12

2

0.1 0.09

1 1.5

2

2.5

L T (m)

2

2.5

3

3

4 0.008

5 0.01 0.009

0.015

SYMBOLS

CAPACITY FOR ALD 610 K SERIES DIFFUSER

1

1.5

L T (m)

L T (m)

tL tS

0.02

0.015

0.018

5

4

5

TM = DTL / DTS

Range in m Difference between temperature at end of range and ambient temperature (in °C) Difference between air supply temperature and ambient temperature (in °C) Ratio between temperature differences. This value is indicative of the terminal's capacity to "quickly" mix blown air with ambient air.

Example with air supply at 15 °C The temperature in the air jet at X m from the terminal = and ambient air 25 - 10 x Capacity (°C) at 25 °C.

109

SLOT DIFFUSERS

CONTENTS Diffusers with adjustable aluminium slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P110 Diffusers with fixed slots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P123 Mixing capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P126

110

SLOT DIFFUSERS LINED LINEAR SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

LINED S with plenum

USE

15

V

D

43

H

L - 20

CONSTRUCTION

L L + 20

A B

Lined S with plenum. S3 attachment method (for non-removable ceilings).

Diffuser with S2 or S3 attachment.

V 15

• Body and deflectors made of extruded aluminium. • Frame width 25 mm. Slot width 25 mm. • L INED S: air supply model with adjustable deflectors. • L INED E: exhaust intake model with fixed deflectors. • L INED EO: exhaust intake model with fixed deflectors and central core which opens for access to filter located in connection plenum. Core mounted on hinges and push clip closing method (minimum 3 slots).

Ø

D

L - 10

H

• Air supply or exhaust depending on model. • Adjustable diffusion using dirigible deflector in the centre of each slot. Vertical airflow possible. •O pening exhaust intake models with filter to replace that of ducted convector fan. • Ceiling-mounted. • P ossibility of decorative linear strips (except opening versions).

Ø

LINED S

• Aluminium body, natural anodised satin or paint coating, RAL 9010 white 30 % matt. • Aluminium deflectors, paint coating RAL 7024 anthracite grey or RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the Compulsor appendix.

H

FINISH

MOUNTING • Concealed attachment to plenum, either adjustable and accessible below the diffuser (type S3), or directly using self-tapping screws on the sides of the plenum (type S2). Note: the S2 attachment method is recommended for suspended ceilings and incompatible with non-removable ceilings (plaster or BA13 plasterboard).

ACCESSORIES • Galvanised steel connection plenum with side branch connection. Simple or insulated version (sound proofing or thermal-acoustic insulation). Equipped with brackets for attachment to concrete slab. • G3 M1 filter included in plenum for opening exhaust intake terminals. • S pade damper fitted in plenum branch connection. Adjustable from front of diffuser. For more information, refer to the connection plenum page.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Available from 1 to 8 slots (3 to 5 slots for opening filter holder models). • L ength from 300 to 2000 mm in increments of 5 mm (opening versions limited to 1500 mm). For larger dimensions the diffuser features intermediate elements. For further information refer to the Range and Assembly pages below.

TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection tables and scales on following pages.

A B

Lined EO with plenum. Open position with filter. S2 attachment method.

Lined EO with plenum. Closed position with filter. S2 attachment method.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Number of slots

Opening A (mm)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

67 112 157 202 247 292 333 382

B (mm)

V (mm)

81 65 126 110 171 151 216 200 261 245 306 290 351 335 396 380 Opening in the ceiling = L x A.

H (mm)

D* (mm)

245 285 285 335 335 400 400 400

160 200** 200** 250** 250** 315 315 315

(*) Based on 1 connection per metre. Other configurations: please contact us. See selection tables. (**) Available with oblong connection to reduce height H. See connection plenum page. Note: Opening models are available with 3 to 5 slots.

111

DIFFUSERS WITH ADJUSTABLE ALUMINIUM SLOTS

LINED LINEAR SERIES - ASSEMBLY

DIMENSIONS

LINED S

LINEAR STRIPS • Possibility of making linear strips (alignment sections supplied) or continuous arrangements with decorative angle pieces (non-diffusive). • Beyond 2000 mm, the terminal contains intermediate elements 2000 mm long with two end pieces of equal length, always between 1000 and 2000 mm. For a full order of linear strips: • L = Lm + 2 x Lgd, • Overall = Lm + 2 x Lgd + a. For an order of separate elements: • Overall length intermediate elements = Lm, • Overall length left or right side elements = Lgd + a/2. Note: LINED section: a = 20, Lm > 2000 mm, 1000 > Lgd > 2000.

L

20

L - 20 L + 20

Whole element.

L

L

Intermediate element without end pieces. L nominal dimension.

Element with end piece (right or left). L nominal dimension. L

AIR SUPPLY DIRECTIONS Lgd + a/2 left element (between 1000 and 2000 mm)

Lm intermediate element (max. 2000 mm)

Lgd + a/2 right element (between 1000 and 2000 mm)

Full linear strip.

300

• Each slot features a deflector used to adjust the direction of the airflow.

300

90° angle piece. Available with 1 to 4 slots.

Horizontal right.

Horizontal left.

Vertical and horizontal left. Two horizontal left slots.

Vertical.

Horizontal left and right.

112

SLOT DIFFUSERS LINED TP SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

Lined S TP diffuser

USE

15

V

H

H

15

• Air supply or exhaust depending on model. • Adjustable diffusion using dirigible deflector in the centre of each slot. Vertical airflow possible. •O pening exhaust intake models with filter to replace that of ducted convector fan. •D iffusers designed to replace a standard suspended ceiling tile, T bar or FineLine.

B

FINISH • Epoxy paint, RAL 9010 White, 30 % matt. • Aluminium deflectors, paint coating RAL 7024 anthracite grey or RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the Compulsor appendix. • Protective film on request.

MOUNTING • S2: concealed screw attachment accessible on the sides of the diffuser. For more information, refer to the Attachments page.

ACCESSORIES • Galvanised steel connection plenum with side branch connection. Simple or insulated version (sound proofing or thermal-acoustic insulation). Equipped with brackets for attachment to concrete slab. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the suspended ceiling framework. •G 3 M1 filter included in plenum for opening exhaust intake terminals. • S pade damper fitted in plenum branch connection. Adjustable from front of diffuser. For more information, refer to the Connection Plenum page.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Width from 1 to 8 slots (3 to 5 slots for opening filter holder models). • S uited to ceiling tiles from 600 x 300 to 1350 x 675 mm. For more information, refer to the Range page.


Ceiling-mounted with Fine Line framework (exhaust model with filter).

D

Ø H

Ø

D

D

A - 40

Ø

D

A - 30

Ø

• Body and deflectors made of extruded aluminium. • Ceiling compensation plate, galvanised steel. • 25 mm slot width. • L INED S TP: air supply model with adjustable deflectors. • LINED E TP: exhaust intake model with fixed deflectors. • L INED EO TP: exhaust intake model with fixed deflectors and central core which opens for access to filter located in connection plenum. Core mounted on hinges and push clip closing method (minimum 3 slots).

Ceiling-mounted with T framework (air supply model).

H

CONSTRUCTION

A

A

Ceiling-mounted with Fine Line framework.

Ceiling-mounted with T framework.

DIMENSIONS Number of slots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

V (mm) 65 110 155 200 245 290 335 380

H (mm) 247 287 287 337 337 402 402 402

D (mm) 160 200 200 250 250 315 315 315

AVAILABLE CEILING DIMENSIONS Fixed A x B*

Opening

Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum number of slots number of slots number of slots number of slots Tbar or Fine Line Tbar or Fine Line Tbar or Fine Line Tbar or Fine Line

600 x 300 5 1200 x 300 5 1350 x 300 5 1500 x 300 5 1800 x 300 5 600 x 600 8 1200 x 600 8 1350 x 600 8 1500 x 600 8 1800 x 600 8 * Nominal ceiling tile dimensions.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 5 5 5 5 8 8 8 8 8

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

113


LINED SLIM SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

LINED Slim

USE

15

D Ø

D

H

43

H

L

B

Lined S Slim with plenum. S3 attachment method (for non-removable ceilings).

Diffuser with S2 or S3 attachment.

V 15

V

H

• Body and deflectors made of extruded aluminium. • 25 mm slot width. • LINED S Slim: air supply model with adjustable deflectors. • LINED E Slim: exhaust intake model with fixed deflectors. • LINED EO Slim: exhaust intake model with fixed deflectors and central core which opens for access to filter located in connection plenum. Core mounted on hinges and push clip closing method (minimum 3 slots).

L - 12

15

CONSTRUCTION

L-2

H

• Air supply or exhaust intake. • Adjustable diffusion using deflector in the centre of each slot. Vertical airflow possible. • Opening exhaust intake models with filter to replace that of ducted convector fan. • Ceiling-mounted. • Possibility of decorative linear strips (except opening versions). • Diffuser designed without frame for seamless integration in metal frame ceilings.

V

Ø

LINED Slim with plenum

FINISH • Aluminium body with paint coating RAL 9010 white. • Aluminium deflectors, paint coating RAL 7024 anthracite grey or RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the Compulsor air diffusion appendix.

MOUNTING • S2: concealed screw attachment accessible on the sides of the diffuser. For more information, refer to the Attachments page.

ACCESSORIES • Galvanised steel connection plenum with side branch connection. Simple or insulated version (sound proofing or thermal-acoustic insulation). Equipped with brackets for attachment to concrete slab. • G3 M1 filter included in plenum for opening exhaust intake terminals. • Spade damper fitted in plenum branch connection. Adjustable from front of diffuser. For more information, refer to the connection plenum page.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Available from 1 to 8 slots (3 to 5 slots for opening filter holder models). • Length from 300 to 2000 mm in increments of 5 mm (model limited to 1500 mm). For larger dimensions the diffuser features intermediate elements. For further information refer to the Range and Assembly pages.


A B

B

Lined EO S with plenum. Closed position with filter S2 attachment method.

Lined E Slim with plenum. S2 attachment method.

DIMENSIONS Number of slots

Opening A (mm)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

67 112 157 202 247 292 337 382

B (mm)

V (mm)

H (mm)

D* (mm)

65 65 250 160 110 110 290 200** 155 155 290 200** 200 200 340 250** 245 245 340 250** 290 290 405 315 335 335 405 315 380 380 405 315 Opening in the ceiling = L x A. (*) Based on 1 connection per metre. Other configurations: please contact us. See selection tables.

(**) Available with oblong connection to reduce height H. See Connection Plenum page. Note: Opening models are available with 3 to 5 slots.

114

SLOT DIFFUSERS LINED - LINED TP - LINED SLIM SERIES CONNECTION PLENUM - STEEL

Plenum

DIMENSIONS

USE • Plenums for Lined, Lined TP and Lined Slim series slot diffusers. • Air supply or exhaust intake. • Ceiling-mounted. • Possibility of linear strips.

H

• Made of galvanised steel plate. • A base with an inlet connection from 300 mm to 1500 mm in length and two inlet connections from 1505 to 2000 mm in length. • Possibility of adding connections on request.

MOUNTING

15 15

H

CONSTRUCTION

V

A B

Plenums for S3 attachment method.

Plenum for S2 attachment method.

• S2: concealed screw attachment for diffuser on plenum, accessible on the sides of the diffuser. Caution: this attachment method is not compatible with plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings. • S 3: concealed screw and clip attachment of diffuser to plenum, accessible underneath the diffuser (not available on LINED TP). • Attachment to concrete ceiling using brackets on the plenum. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

OPTIONS • Spade damper fitted in plenum branch connection. NB: Not available on 1 slot. Not available on models with filter. • Special height H. • S pecial connection diameter (circular or oblong equivalent to Ø 200 mm or Ø 250 mm). • S upplementary connections (1 or 2 in addition to standard for each section). • G3 flat filter for exhaust intake (M1 fire rating). Positioned diagonally in the plenum to ensure the maximum possible filtration surface. Fixed in place using cleats. • S upplementary connection for fresh air management. Available in 80, 100 and 125. (Positioned opposite standard connection). • A diffuser longer than the plenum can be fitted in order to create linear strips with inactive diffusion sections (for decorative reasons). • Internal acoustic or thermal-acoustic insulation on request. - Acoustic: 1 x 20 mm melamine panel facing the connection. - Thermal-acoustic: 1 melamine panel + 4 x 5 mm foam panels. M1 fire protection rating.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Available from 1 to 8 slots (3 to 5 slots for opening filter holder models). • L INED linear, LINED SLIM: length from 300 to 2000 mm in increments of 5 mm. Beyond that the plenum contains intermediate 2000 mm elements with two ends of equal length, always between 1000 and 2000 mm. • L INED TP: length from 600 to 1800 mm compatible with tile dimensions. •Q uantity of standard connections: 2 per intermediate element and 1 per end piece (2 if longer than 1500 mm).

1

2

1. Damper 2. Adjustment shaft

The damper is adjusted through the slot on the branch connection side.

DIMENSIONS WITH CIRCULAR CONNECTION Number of slots 1* 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H (mm) 250 290 290 340 340 405 405 405

D standard (mm) 160 200 200 250 250 315 315 315

* Damper not available.

DIMENSIONS WITH OBLONG CONNECTION Number of slots 2 3 4 5

H (mm) 225 225 255 255

D standard oblong (mm) 230 x 130 equivalent 200 230 x 130 equivalent 200 297 x 160 equivalent 250 297 x 160 equivalent 250

115


LINED COMBINED SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

LINED SO

USE

H

H

15

15

V

A B

V

Lined Combined SO.

LINED Combined SO TP.

LINED Combined SO Slim.

LINED Combined SO with plenum. Closed position.

15

• Combined air supply and exhaust for all ventilation & air conditioning applications. • Adjustable diffusion using deflector in the centre of each slot. Vertical airflow possible. • Possible to add a filter on the exhaust intake part to replace e.g. the ducted convector fan that is connected. • Ceiling-mounted. • Diffuser designed to deliver air supply and exhaust intake simultaneously, thanks to its special plenum (see next page).

CONSTRUCTION

H

• Body and deflectors made of extruded aluminium. • Slot width: 25 mm. • LINED SO: LINED Linear model for air supply + exhaust intake (opens for access to filter). • LINED SO Slim: LINED Slim model for air supply + exhaust intake (opens for access to filter). • LINED SO TP: LINED TP model for air supply + exhaust intake (opens for access to filter). Note: all other LINED air supply models (LINED S, LINED S Slim, LINED S TP) are available in a Combined version with the specific plenum.

FINISH

B

• Anodised aluminium body, natural satin hue or paint coating, RAL 9010 white 30 % matt. • Aluminium deflectors, paint coating RAL 7024 anthracite grey or RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the Compulsor air diffusion appendix.

MOUNTING • Concealed attachment to plenum, either adjustable and accessible below the diffuser (type S3), or directly using self-tapping screws on the sides of the plenum (type S2).

ACCESSORIES • Galvanised steel plate connection plenum fitted with dividing partition between the air supply and exhaust intake flows. Simple or insulated version (sound proofing or thermal-acoustic insulation). Equipped with brackets for attachment to concrete slab. • G3 M1 filter included in exhaust intake part of plenum for diffusers which open. For more information, refer to the connection plenum page.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • 3 to 5 slots for opening filter holder models. • Length from 600 to 1500 mm in increments of 5 mm. For more information, refer to the Range page.


Number of slots 3 4 5

Dimensions Dimensions Dimensions V LINED SO LINED SO TP LINED SO (mm) (mm) (mm) Slim (mm) See page 3

See page 5

See page 6

155 200 245

H (mm)

D* (mm)

290 340 340

200** 250** 250**

(**) Available with oblong connection to reduce height H. See connection plenum page.

116

SLOT DIFFUSERS

LINED COMBINED SERIES - STEEL CONNECTION PLENUM

DIMENSIONS

Plenum

USE

15

15

V

CONSTRUCTION • Plenum specific to LINED Combined performing air supply and exhaust intake simultaneously. • The plenum is divided into 2 parts for air supply and exhaust intake. • The exhaust part is fitted with a filter which can be accessed via the front panel of the diffuser. •M ade of galvanised steel plate. • Air supply and exhaust intake connections are of the same diameter.

H

H

• Plenums for LINED Combined series slot diffusers. •C ombined air supply and exhaust. • Ceiling-mounted.

A B

View of plenum from exhaust intake side. AIR SUPPLY

View of plenum from air supply side.

EXHAUST INTAKE

MOUNTING • S 2: concealed screw attachment for diffuser on plenum, accessible on the sides of the diffuser. CAUTION: this attachment method is not compatible with plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings. • S 3: concealed screw and clip attachment of diffuser to plenum, accessible underneath the diffuser. • Attachment to concrete ceiling using brackets on the plenum. CAUTION: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

OPTIONS • Special height H. • S pecial connection diameter (circular or oblong equivalent to Ø 200 mm or Ø 250 mm). •G 3 flat filter for exhaust intake part (M1 fire rating). Positioned diagonally in the plenum to ensure the maximum possible filtration surface. Fixed in place using cleats. • S upplementary connection for fresh air management. Available in 80, 100 and 125. (Positioned opposite to exhaust intake connection). • A diffuser longer than the plenum can be fitted in order to create installations with inactive diffusion sections (for decorative reasons). • Internal acoustic or thermal-acoustic insulation on request (air supply part only). - Acoustic: 1 x 20 mm melamine panel facing the connection. - Thermal-acoustic: 1 melamine panel + 4 x 5 mm foam panels. •M 1 fire rating.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • 3 to 5 slots for opening filter holder models. • L ength from 600 to 1500 mm in increments of 5 mm. For more information, refer to the Range page.

LINED Combined SO with plenum Open position.

DIMENSIONS WITH CIRCULAR CONNECTION Number of slots 1* 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H (mm) 250 290 290 340 340 405 405 405

D standard (mm) 160 200 200 250 250 315 315 315

* Damper not available.

DIMENSIONS WITH OBLONG CONNECTION Number of slots 2 3 4 5

H (mm) 225 225 255 255

D standard oblong (mm) 230 x 130 equivalent 200 230 x 130 equivalent 200 297 x 160 equivalent 250 297 x 160 equivalent 250

117


LINED - LINED TP - LINED SLIM - LINED COMBINED SERIES ATTACHMENT AND FILTER REPLACEMENT

INSTALLATION

Lined diffuser

S2 ATTACHMENT METHOD

S2 attachment method

S3 attachment - step 1

• Attachment using self-tapping screws on side of plenum. Note: this attachment method is recommended for suspended ceilings and is not compatible with plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings.

S3 ATTACHMENT METHOD • Concealed, adjustable attachment to plenum under the diffuser. Note: this attachment method is simple and quick to use, with the possibility of adjusting the diffuser position in order to position it flush with the ceiling. Recommended for plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings.

1

Air supply diffuser with S2 attachment. Self-tapping screw.

Insert the diffuser under the plenum.



Push and clip the 4 attachments.

Screw to position the diffuser flush against the plaster ceiling.

PROCEDURE 1

Push the two clips at the ends of the core to open it. Take care to mount the diffuser in the plenum with the hinges of the opening core on the cleat side. 3

Lift the cleats to remove the old filter. 5

Close the core with the push clips.

2

Open the diffuser core.

4

Insert the new filter by pressing on the corners of each side of the plenum and lower the cleats.

118

SLOT DIFFUSERS

LINED - LINED TP - LINED SLIM - LINED COMBINED SERIES Range with choice of options Linear model LINED S LINED E LINED EO Plenum for LINED

Code 11002297 11002298 11002299 11002135

TP model LINED TP S LINED TP E LINED TP EO Plenum for LINED TP

Code 11002307 11002308 11002309 11002114

Combined opening model LINED SO LINED Slim SO LINED TP SO

Code 11002377 11002378 11002379

Combined plenum LINED Combined Linear plenum LINED Combined Slim plenum LINED Combined TP plenum

Code 11002197 11002198 11002199

Combined fixed model LINED S LINED S Slim LINED TP S

Code 11002297 11002294 11002307

Combined plenum LINED Combined Linear plenum LINED Combined Slim plenum LINED Combined TP plenum

Code 11002197 11002198 11002199

Slim model LINED Slim S LINED Slim E LINED Slim EO Plenum for LINED Slim

Code 11002294 11002295 11002296 11002136

Model LINED KS Angle 90° LINED KE Angle 90°

Code 11002289 11002290

Operational dimensions Lined Linear series - Slim H / L (mm) 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1 x x x x x x 2 x x x x x x 3 • • • • • x 4 • • • • • x 5 • • • • • x 6 x x x x x x 7 x x x x x x 8 x x x x x x • Dimensions available on LINED EO - LINED Slim EO - LINED SO - LINED Slim SO models - Exhaust intake with filter holder.

1800 x x x x x x x x

2000 x x x x x x x x

Available options Mounting Finish Diffuser • S 2: attachment using • Anodised finish, natural • Whole element. self-tapping screws on satin hue or RAL 9010 • Left or right end piece. • Intermediate element. side of plenum. white 30 %. • S 3: concealed, • Anthracite grey or white adjustable attachment deflectors. to plenum under the • Epoxy paint from diffuser. RAL colour chart.

Plenum • Special depth. • Special diameter on branch connection. • Supplementary connection.* • Fresh air connection 80, 100 or 125 mm. • Soundproofing or thermal-acoustic insulation. • Shorter plenum than diffuser (for inactive sections).* • Damper fitted in plenum branch connection.** • G3 filter incorporated.

* Not available for LINED Combined. ** Not available on models with filter.

Operational dimensions Lined TP series H / AxB (mm) 600x300 1200x300 1350x300 1500x300 1800x300 600x600 1 x x x x x x 2 x x x x x x 3 • • • • x • 4 • • • • x • 5 • • • • x • 6 x x x x x x 7 x 8 x • Dimensions available on LINED TP EO - LINED TP SO model - exhaust intake with filter holder.

1200x600 x x • • • x x x

1350x600 x x • • • x x x

1500x600 x x • • • x x x

Available options Mounting • S2: attachment using selftapping screws on side of plenum.

Finish Diffuser • For Tbar or Fine-line • P aint coating RAL 9010 suspended ceilings. white 30 %. • Protective film. • Anthracite grey or white deflectors. • Epoxy paint from RAL colour chart.

** Not available on models with filter.

Plenum • Special depth. • Special diameter on branch connection. • Supplementary connection. • Fresh air connection 80, 100 or 125 mm. • Soundproofing or thermal-acoustic insulation. • Damper fitted in plenum branch connection.** • G3 filter incorporated.

1800x600 x x x x x x x x

119


LINED - LINED TP - LINED SLIM SERIES 250

200

150

125

100

90

80

300

1

60

Ak (m²) 0.0096

70

AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT - LENGTH 1 M

400

Airflow measurement Vk x Ak x 3600 = m3/h 500

2

0.0192

0.0384

110 0

100 0

4

900

800

700

0.0288

)

600

3 /h

m Q(

3

Lw dB (A) 25 6 7

30

35

40

120 0

5 0.0480 45

0.0576 0.0672

8 0.0768 1.5

2

2.5 4

2

3 6

4 9

5 14

6 22

32

3

4

5

6

8

10

12

14

16 m

Lt (vt = 0.25 m/s)

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

5

6

7

8 m

Lt (vt = 0.50 m/s)

2.5

vk (m/s) Δpt (Pa)

The Lw (dB(A)) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted with standard plenum.


0.25 x1


0.37 x 0.67

0.5 x 0.5

0.63 x 0.4

∆Pt x1.00 Lw + 0

CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER LENGTHS L (m) Lt (m) Lw (dB (A))

Damper 100 % open ∆Pt x1.00 Lw + 0

No damper

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 x1 x1.05 x1.10 x1.10 x1.10 x1.10 x1.10 x1.10 x1.15 x1.15 0 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 +8 + 9 + 10



CORRECTIONS FOR VERTICAL AIR SUPPLY ∆ T°(°K) Lt

- 20 -15 -10 -5 0 +5 +10 +15 x2.3 x1.84 x1.56 x1.2 x0.92 x0.64 x0.46 x0.37

+20 x0.3

KOCT CORRECTIONS (DB) AND ATTENUATION ΔL (DB) BY OCTAVE BAND Hz

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tolerance +/-

100 -9 -5 -3 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 1

125 -10 -7 -5 -3 -1 -2 -2 -2 1

160 -11 -4 -5 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 2

200 -12 -6 -2 2 5 7 8 10 0.5

250 -7 -6 0 -2 -2 -3 -4 -5 0.5

315 -1,4 -5 -2 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 0

400 -1 -5 -5 -7 -8 -8 -10 -12 1

Attenuation*

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

Slots

Lwoct attenuated = Lwoct - ∆L

500 -3 -4 -6 -12 -11 -12 -13 -14 1

630 -8 -7 -10 -9 -10 -12 -13 -15 1

800 1000 1250 -13 -15 -14 -9 -14 -10 -7 -9 -11 -11 -14 -14 -13 -15 -16 -14 -16 -17 -15 -17 -18 -17 -18 -19 1 1 2

1600 -18 -16 -13 -15 -15 -16 -17 -18 2

2000 -19 -20 -14.5 -18.5 -21 -23 -24 -25 3

2500 -20 -22 -17 -20 -23 -24 -25 -26 4

3150 -16 -24 -19 -26 -31 -33 -34 -36 3

4000 -24 -25 -20.5 -30 -30 -38 -40 -40 4

5 6 5 6 4 6 7 7 9 8 Lwoct = Lw (dB(A)) + Koct (dB) *With soundproofing or thermal-acoustic insulation of plenum.

5000 -28 -29 -25 -31 -33 -34 -36 -38 4

6300 -32 -30 -26 -32 -35 -36 -38 -40 3

8

8

8000 10000 -33 -35 -32 -34 -33 -33.5 -32 -34 -37 -38 -36 -38 -40 -42 -41 -43 1 1 8

9

120

SLOT DIFFUSERS LINED - LINED TP - LINED SLIM SERIES

250

200

150

125

100

80

Ak (m²) 0.0131

300

Airflow measurement Vk x Ak x 3600 = m3/h 500

400

1

90

EXHAUST INTAKE - LENGTH 1 M

0.0262

600

2

6

800

700 5

0.0524 Lw dB (A) 25

0.0655

30

35

40

110 0 120 0

100 0

900

0.0393

)

4

3 /h

m Q(

3

45

0.0789

0.0917 7 0.1048 8 1.5

2 2

2.5 5

3 8

4 11

5 17

6

vk (m/s) 42 Δpt (Pa)

27

The Lw (dB(A)) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted with standard plenum.

PRESSURE DROP WITH G3 FILTER INCLUDED

1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7

6 +8

8 10 + 9 + 10

40

5F

1 0

4F

L (m) Lw (dB (A))

3F

CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER LENGTHS

600 Q (m3/h)

800

35 30 25 P (Pa)


20 15


No damper ∆Pt x1.00 Lw + 0


Damper 25 % open

10

∆Pt x5.90 Lw + 20

0

5 400

200

1000

KOCT CORRECTIONS (DB) AND ATTENUATION ΔL (DB) BY OCTAVE BAND Hz 100 -5 1 2 -3 3 -2 4 3 5 -1 6 0 7 0 8 1 Tolerance +/- -0.4

Slots

Attenuation*

0

125 -3 -5 -3 0 -2 -1 -1 0 1

160 -4 -5 -2,5 1 -1 0 0 1 1

200 -4 -2 -2 1 7 8 8 9 0.4

250 -3 0 3 1 -3 -2 -2 -1 0.3

315 -2 -2 -3 -3 -8 -7 -7 -6 4.3

400 -1 -5 -7 -6 -8 -7 -7 -6 0.4

1

1

0

0

4

0

Lwoct attenuated = Lwoct - ∆L

500 -5 -6 -9 -8 -12 -12 -11 -10 0.5

630 -7 -10 -10 -10 -12 -11 -11 -10 1.3

800 1000 1250 -9 -14 -15 -7 -9 -11 -15 -15 -12 -12 -12 -13 -14 -16 -17 -12 -15 -16 -13 -15 -16 -12 -14 -15 1.2 1.2 2.4

1600 -19 -13 -15 -16 -16 -15 -15 -14 2.2

2000 -20 -14.5 -15 -20 -23 -22 -22 -21 2.1

2500 -22 -17 -19 -22 -24 -23 -23 -22 2.8

3150 -23 -19 -21 -24 -33 -33 -32 -31 3.4

4000 -24 -20.5 -24 -25 -38 -37 -37 -36 1.6

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 Lwoct = Lw (dB(A)) + Koct (dB) *With soundproofing or thermal-acoustic insulation of plenum.

5000 -22 -25 -26 -20 -34 -33 -33 -32 1.2

6300 -23 -26 -25 -20 -35 -34 -35 -35 0.3

1

0

8000 10000 -23 -24 -27 -27 -26 -25 -17 -15 -35 -36 -37 -40 -34 -36 -37 -38 0.3 0.2 0

0

121


LINED - LINED TP - LINED SLIM SERIES SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY FOR 1 M LENGTH WITH CEILING EFFECT

The Lw (dB(A)) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Vt = 0.37 m/s. Tests conducted with standard plenum.

SELECTION - EXHAUST INTAKE FOR 1 M LENGTH

The Lw (dB(A)) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. ∆P2 = with G3 filter included. Tests conducted with standard plenum.

122

SLOT DIFFUSERS LINED COMBINED SERIES

SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY + EXHAUST INTAKE FOR 1 M LENGTH WITH CEILING EFFECT

Data valid for a diffuser with central partition (air supply length = exhaust intake length). Please consult us for other configurations. The Lw (dB(A)) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted with standard plenum. ∆P1 = air supply only. ∆P2 = exhaust air only. ∆P3 = exhaust with filter.

123

FIXED SLOT DIFFUSERS

ALD 610 - ALD 620 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

ALD 613 diffuser

USE

81

• Air supply or exhaust intake. • Air supply on right or left possible depending on model. • Ceiling-mounted. B

CONSTRUCTION • Extruded aluminium body. • Extruded aluminium deflectors. • Slide-operated damper built into diffuser. • 25 mm wide frame.

W 25

16

FINISH • Anodised aluminium body and deflectors with natural satin hue or epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix. • Concealed screw + bridge attachment accessible from underside of diffuser. Note: this attachment method is compatible with all ceiling types. • Attachment to concrete ceiling using brackets on the plenum. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

ALD 620 diffuser L + 15 33

MOUNTING

H G

ACCESSORIES

25

• Galvanised steel connection plenum with side branch connection. Basic or insulated version.

ALD 610 or ALD 620 diffuser

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

• Available with 1 to 4 slots. • Available lengths are 550 mm, 900 mm, 1150 mm and 1500 mm. For further information refer to the Range pages below.


Designation ALD 611 ALD 612 ALD 622 ALD 613 ALD 623 ALD 614 ALD 624

B (mm) 155 155 155 190 190 190 190

L

ØD (mm) 125 125 125 160 160 160 160

25

G (mm) 50 67 74 84 91 101 108

H (mm) 35 50 55 70 70 85 85

W (mm) 28 46 46 63 63 80 80

AIR SUPPLY DIRECTIONS Model ALD 611 ALD 612 ALD 622 ALD 613 ALD 623 ALD 614 ALD 624 Diffusion direction

124

SLOT DIFFUSERS ALD 600 SERIES

ALD 600 standard series Designation

Nbr slots

ALD 611 aluminium finish ALD 611 white finish ALD 612 aluminium finish ALD 612 white finish ALD 613 aluminium finish ALD 613 white finish ALD 614 aluminium finish ALD 614 white finish ALD 622 aluminium finish ALD 622 white finish ALD 623 aluminium finish ALD 623 white finish ALD 624 aluminium finish ALD 624 white finish ALP 111 ALP 112 ALP 113 ALP 114

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 2 2 3 3 4 4 1 2 3 4

Mounting • Concealed screw and bridge attachment.

* Dimensions for standard 600 mm or 1200 mm tiles.

550* Code 11051750 11051850 11051754 11051854 11051762 11051862 11051770 11051870 11051758 11051858 11051766 11051866 11051774 11051874 11053100 11053104 11053112 11053120

900 Code 11051751 11051851 11051755 11051855 11051763 11051863 11051771 11051871 11051759 11051859 11051767 11051867 11051775 11051875 11053101 11053105 11053113 11053121

1150* Code 11051752 11051852 11051756 11051856 11051764 11051864 11051772 11051872 11051760 11051860 11051768 11051868 11051776 11051876 11053102 11053106 11053114 11053122

1500 Code 11051753 11051853 11051757 11051857 11051765 11051865 11051773 11051873 11051761 11051861 11051769 11051869 11051777 11051877 11053103 11053107 11053115 11053123

Finish • Anodised aluminium, natural satin hue or epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 white.

125

FIXED SLOT DIFFUSERS

610 - 620 - 260 SELECTION - TYPE 610 - 620 AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak (m2)

Number of slots

Length (mm)

0.0050

1

550

0.0073

1

900

0.0104

1

1150

0.0135

1

1500

0.0100

2

550

0.0146

2

900

0.0208

2

1150

0.0270

2

1500

0.0150

3

550

0.0219

3

900

0.0312

3

1150

0.0405

3

1500

0.0200

4

550

0.0292

4

900

0.0416

4

1150

0.0540

4

1500

qv (m3/h) 60 100

200

23 2.8 38 4.2 3.5 10 5.8 25 – 1.5 23 2.8 43 2 3 3.5 10 7 – 2.2 38 2.9 7 5.9 30 4.4 22 3.1 42 3 7 6 27 3.5 22 3 – 2.2 32 4 – 2.3

Lw Vk

Lt Pa

5.2 40 4.4 28 3.4 17 6.2 30 3.8 10 3.1 7 2.4 5 5 13 3 5

300

350

400

450

500

600

800

1000 Lw Vk

Lt Pa

42 5

8 20

39 4.5 6.3 36

37 5.1 32 4.1 25 3.5 44 6 28 3.6 23 2.7

7.5 20 4.5 13 3.5 9 7.6 30 4.6 10 3.6 7

44 6.9 48 7.9 6.5 35 7.4 45 36 5.1 40 5.9 43 6.5 47 7.8 5 20 5.5 25 6.2 33 7 40 27 3.9 32 4.5 34 5 38 5.5 45 9.5 3.5 10 4.1 15 4.7 18 5.1 20 6.8 40

35 5.3 42 6.2 45 7 4.5 22 5.7 28 6.5 35 27 4.2 32 4.9 35 5.6 38 6.2 42 7.4 3.3 10 3.9 13 4.2 15 4.9 20 5.5 25 26 5.8 30 6.2 35 6.9 44 7.6 3.4 13 3.9 15 4.4 17 6 30 23 4.2 35 6.2 42 7.3 2.8 7 4 13 3.1 20 20 3.9 23 4.5 27 5.1 33 6 2.5 5 3.1 7 3.5 10 3.8 12 26 4.6 29 5.4 34 6.1 42 8.1 3 7 3.5 10 4 13 5.1 22 27 4.9 35 6.4 3.1 7 4 13


CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER Vt 0.25 x 1,5

0.375 x1

CORRECTIONS FOR DIFFUSERS WITHOUT PLENUM 0.5 x 0.75

0.625 x 0.6

DPt Lw

x 0.6 -5

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER Damper 100 % open ∆Pt x 1.00 Lw + 0

Damper 50 % open ∆Pt x 0.95 x Vk² Lw + 10

Damper 25 % open ∆Pt x 3.28 x Vk² Lw + 20

126

SLOT DIFFUSERS MIXING CAPACITY

CAPACITY FOR 270 - 280 - 290 SERIES DIFFUSER

CAPACITY FOR 610 - 620 SERIES DIFFUSER

0.35

0.35

0.3

0.3

0.25

0.25

0.2

tL tS

0.2

0.18 4 0.16

tL tS

3

0.14

0.12

0.18 4 0.16 3

0.14

0.12

2

0.1

2

0.1

0.09

0.09

1 1

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

5

1 1

1.5

2

L T (m)

3

4

5

4

5

L T (m)


tL tS

2.5

CAPACITY FOR 221 - 231 SERIES DIFFUSER

0.35

0.35

0.3

0.3

0.25

0.25

0.2

0.2

0.18 4 0.16 3

0.14

0.12

2

0.1

tL tS

0.18 0.16 0.14

0.12

0.1

0.09

1 1

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

5

L T (m)

0.09

1 1

1.5

2

2.5

3

L T (m)

SYMBOLS Lt (m)

Range in m.

DTL (°C)

Difference between temperature at end of range and ambient temperature (in °C).

DTS (°C)

Difference between air supply temperature and ambient temperature (in °C).

TM = DTL / DTS

Ratio between temperature differences. This value defines the terminal's capacity to quickly mix new air with the ambient air.

Example with air supply at 15 °C and ambient air temperature The temperature in the air jet at X (m) from the terminal = 25 - 10 x capacity (°C). of 25 °C

127

SWIRL DIFFUSERS

CONTENTS Twisted swirl diffusers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P128 Square adjustable swirl diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P132 Circular adjustable swirl diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P137 Fixed swirl diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P145 Mixing capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P148

128

SWIRL DIFFUSERS TWISTED 850 SERIES - STEEL

DIMENSIONS

Twisted 850 Air supply diffuser

USE

• Painted steel diffusion cone and central plate. • Steel compensation plate suited to 600 x 600 mm or 675 x 675 mm ceiling panels, with Tbar or Fine-Line frames. •D ecorative mounting frame (white aluminium) for plaster ceiling version. • Air supply model equipped with a fixed central plate serving as a deflector. • E xhaust air model equipped with removable central plate and elliptical filter. Access to filter by quick and easy opening of the central plate. •G alvanised steel cylindrical plenum for direct connection to a 200 mm-diameter circular duct. • Version without plenum available for direct air exhaust or direct connection to D200 or D250 circular connection. Non-opening diffuser only. NB: use for exhaust only.

P

ØD

AxB

Twisted 850 diffuser for square tiles. W

P

CONSTRUCTION

ØW

ØD

• Air supply or exhaust, high-induction fixed diffusion with swirl air jet. • Wide airflow range from a single size of diffuser. • S ystems offer high mixing rate. • Ideal for cold and hot air supply (air conditioning) with high T° differences under low ceiling heights. • Ideal for variable-airflow systems (ducted convector fans). • Ceiling diffuser designed to replace 600 x 600 mm or 675 x 675 mm suspended ceiling panels. • Suited to Tbar and Fine-Line frames. • Version compatible with non-removable plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings.

A B

Twisted 850 diffuser for plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceiling.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

DESIGN • High-induction air diffusion using air jet rotation inside plenum. By maintaining a sufficient discharge speed, the diffusion cone ensures a perfect Coanda effect (ceiling effect) and a swirl air jet. This swirl air jet will cause the ambient air to move, thereby mixing it with the air supply to ensure homogeneous temperatures in occupied areas. • Aldes patent.

Assembly Suspended ceilings

Diffusers for suspended ceilings Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 35 and dimensions A x B* Opening A B (mm) Ø W ØD (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) P (mm) 600 x 600

-

-

366

200

298

675 x 675

-

-

366

200

298

651 x 651

366

200

298

Plaster / 600 x 600 BA13 (*) Nominal ceiling tile dimensions.

Airflow (m3/h) 150 to 600 150 to 600 150 to 600

129

TWISTED SWIRL JET DIFFUSERS

TWISTED 850 SERIES - STEEL

Twisted 850 air supply for plaster ceilings

DIMENSIONS

Twisted 850 opening with exhaust air filter

FINISH • Epoxy paint finish RAL 9010 matt 30 % brightness. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • Attachment to concrete ceiling using brackets on the plenum. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the suspended ceiling frame. • Attachment to plenum for F7 bridge on plaster version (optional).

Twisted 850 direct exhaust for square tiles.

ACCESSORIES

ØD

Installation of Twisted plaster ceiling version with F7 bridge.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

• Dimensions suited to standard suspended ceiling tiles 600 x 600 and 675 x 675 mm. • 200 mm diameter circular connection. • For further information refer to the Range pages below.


P

60

• G2 rated elliptical flat filter supplied with the exhaust air diffuser. M1 fire protection rating. • Acoustic insulation (15 mm-thick M1 melamine foam inside the plenum). • Thermal insulation (5 mm-thick M1 polyurethane foam outside the plenum). • Decorative white aluminium mounting frame for plaster ceilings. • Bridge system to facilitate installation in non-removable ceilings (optional F7 attachment).

AxB

Dimensions A x B* (mm) 600 x 600 675 x 675

ØD (mm) 200 or 250 200 or 250 * Nominal ceiling tile dimensions.

P (mm) 170 170

130

SWIRL DIFFUSERS TWISTED 850 SERIES


Thermal and acousticOpening exhaust air diffuser insulated air supply diffuser with filter Spare filter Twisted 850 W Twisted 850 W W 850 600 x 600 600 x 600 Code Code Code 11051165 11051164 11053949 Finish • Steel with epoxy paint coating RAL 9010 white matt 30 % brightness.

Air supply diffuser Twisted 850 600 x 600

Code 11051163 Mounting • Concealed using brackets sealed into concrete tile. 200

Range with choice of options Dimensions

Air supply diffuser Twisted 850 Code 11003361 11003363 11003371

600 x 600 tiles 675 x 675 tiles 600 x 600 plaster

Opening exhaust air diffuser with filter Twisted 850 W Code 11003362 11003364 11003372

Direct exhaust air diffuser Twisted 850 direct exhaust Code 11003366 11003368

Decorative mounting frame for Twisted 850 Code

11003379

Options Option For Tbar or Fine Line ceilings (suspended ceiling models only). F7 mounting bridge (plaster models only). Epoxy paint according to RAL colour chart.

Option Acoustic insulation. Thermal and acoustic insulation. D200 or D250 connection on direct air exhaust.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • Spare G2 filter (M1 fire rating).

SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak Dimensions qv (m3/h) (m2) 150 0.022 Ø 200 19 0.30 2.0 2 Lw Lt Vk Pa

200 20 0.39 2.6 3

250 21 0.52 3.3 4

300 23 0.59 3.9 6

350 24 0.65 4.6 8

400 26 0.71 5.2 11

450 30 0.85 5.9 13

500 32 0.91 6.5 17

550 34 0.96 7.2 20

600 35 1.02 7.8 24

650 38 1.10 8.5 28 Lw Lt Vk Pa


SELECTION - EXHAUST WITHOUT FILTER Ak Dimensions qv (m3/h) (m2) 150 0.029 Ø 250 19 1.4 2 Ø 200 (Pa2) 4 Lw Vk Pa

200 19 1.9 3 7

250 20 2.4 5 11

300 21 2.9 7 16

350 22 4.6 10 21

400 25 3.8 13 28

450 28 4.3 16 35

500 31 4.8 20 44

550 33 5.3 24 53

600 35 5.7 29 63

650 37 6.2 34 74 Lw Vk Pa

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted without plenum (direct model ø 250) and with the standard plenum (Pa2).

SELECTION - EXHAUST - G2 FILTER ONLY Ak (m2)

Dimensions qv (m3/h) 150 Ø 200 1 Pa

200 -

250 2

-

300 3

-

350 4

-

400 6

-

8

-

450 10

-

500 12

-

550 14

-

600 17

-

650 20 Pa

131

TWISTED SWIRL JET DIFFUSERS CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER VT Vt (m/s) Lt

0.25 x 1.5

0.375 x1

0.5 x 0.75

0.625 x 0.6

PRESSURE DROP FILTER ONLY 25

P (Pa)

20

ΔP

er filt

ly on

15 10 5 0 150

200

250

300

350

400 450 Q (m3/h)

500

550

600

650

700

132

SWIRL DIFFUSERS SF 785 SERIES - STEEL

SF 785 diffuser

DIMENSIONS

USE

C

50

• Air supply. • Adjustable diffusion enabling swirl air jet. • Rapid temperature balancing. •D esigned for locations requiring high mixing rate under a low ceiling height. • Ceiling-mounted. • 6 00 x 600 dimensions suited to standard suspended ceilings.

CONSTRUCTION • Punched steel plate body. • Adjustable polypropylene deflectors.

(L - 5) x (H - 5)

SF 785 diffuser with RE plenum. C

FINISH

ØD

H1

50

• Front panel epoxy paint RAL 9010 white. • Deflectors black RAL 9005. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING

ACCESSORIES • RE connection plenum with side branch connection. • R T connection plenum with top branch connection. • Built-in flow splitter. • Available in basic version or insulated on 2 or 5 sides.

(L - 5) x (H - 5)

SF 785 diffuser with RT plenum.

L

L

L

• F0: concealed screw attachment on the neck of the diffuser. Note: this attachment method is recommended for suspended ceilings and incompatible with plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings. • F7: visible attachment with screw and bridge. Note: this attachment method is recommended for plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings. • Attachment to concrete ceiling using brackets on the plenum. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

L

Dimensions 400 x 400


STANDARD DIMENSIONS


L

L

• Dimensions range from 400 x 400 to 825 x 825 mm. • 6 00 x 600 mm dimensions ideal for suspended ceiling tiles. • F or further information refer to the Range pages below. L


L


STANDARD DIMENSIONS Dimensions Number of C ØD L x H (mm) slots (mm) (mm) 400 x 400 16 360 200 500 x 500 24 460 200 600 x 600* 32 560 250 825 x 825 64 785 315 *Special dimensions for suspended ceiling tiles.

H1 (mm) 200 200 200 200

H2 (mm) 290 290 340 405

133

SQUARE ADJUSTABLE SWIRL DIFFUSERS

SF 775 SERIES - STEEL

SF 775 diffuser

DIMENSIONS

USE

C

50

• Air supply. • Adjustable diffusion enabling swirl air jet. • Rapid temperature balancing. • Designed for locations requiring high mixing rate under a low ceiling height. • Ceiling-mounted. • 600 x 600 dimensions suited to standard suspended ceilings. • Punched steel plate body. • Adjustable polypropylene deflectors.

(L - 5) x (H - 5)

SF 775 diffuser with RE plenum. C ØD

FINISH

H1

50

• Front panel epoxy paint RAL 9010 white. • Deflectors black RAL 9005. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING

(L - 5) x (H - 5)


ACCESSORIES

Dimensions 400 / 500 / 600 x 16 Dimensions 500 x 24

L

L

L

Dimensions 600 x 24

L

L

• RE connection plenum with side branch connection. • RT connection plenum with top branch connection. • Built-in flow splitter. • Available in basic or insulated versions, 2 or 5 sides.

L

L


L

CONSTRUCTION

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Dimensions range from 400 x 400 to 825 x 825 mm. • 600 x 600 mm dimensions ideal for suspended ceiling tiles. • For further information refer to the Range pages below.


L

Dimensions 600 x 48

L

Dimensions 825 x 72

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Dimensions Number of C ØD L x H (mm) slots (mm) (mm) 400 x 400 16 360 200 500 x 500 16 460 200 500 x 500 24 460 200 600 x 600* 16 560 200 600 x 600* 24 560 200 600 x 600* 48 560 250 825 x 825 72 785 315 *Special dimensions for suspended ceiling tiles.

H1 (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

H2 (mm) 290 290 290 290 290 340 405

134

SWIRL DIFFUSERS SF 786 SERIES - STEEL

SF 786 diffuser

DIMENSIONS

USE

C

• Air supply. • Fixed swirl jet diffusion. • Rapid temperature balancing. •D esigned for locations requiring high mixing rate under a low ceiling height. • Ceiling-mounted. •D imensions suited to standard 600 x 600 suspended ceilings.

50

CONSTRUCTION • Punched steel plate front panel.

FINISH • Epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white.

(L - 5) x (H - 5)

SF 786 diffuser with RE plenum.

MOUNTING • F7: visible attachment with screw and bridge. Note: this attachment method is compatible with plaster or BA13 plasterboard ceilings. • Attachment to concrete ceiling using brackets on the plenum. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

C

50

ØD

H1

ACCESSORIES • RE connection plenum with side branch connection. • R T connection plenum with top branch connection. • Built-in flow splitter. • Available in basic version or insulated on 2 or 5 sides.

(L - 5) x (H - 5)

STANDARD DIMENSIONS


• Single size available: 600 x 600 mm (suited to standard ceiling tiles). • F or further information refer to the Range pages below.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS


Dimensions L x H (mm) 600 x 600

C (mm) 560

ØD (mm) 250

H1 (mm) 200

H2 (mm) 340

135

SQUARE ADJUSTABLE SWIRL DIFFUSERS

785 - 775 - 786 Standard range Diffuser SF 785 F7 Code 11051130 11051131 11051132

Dimensions 400 x 400 500 x 500 600 x 600 Mounting • Central screw and bridge.

Diffuser SF 786 F7 Code

11051133 Finish • Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white.

Range with choice of options L x H / slots (mm) 400 x 400 / 16 slots 500 x 500 / 16 slots 500 x 500 / 24 slots 600 x 600 / 16 slots 600 x 600 / 24 slots 600 x 600 / 32 slots 600 x 600 / 48 slots 825 x 825 / 64 slots 825 x 825 / 72 slots

SF 785 diffuser

SF 775 diffuser

RE plenum

RT plenum

Code 11002941 11002943 11002946 11002947 -

Code 11002921 11002922 11002923 11002924 11002925 11002926 11002927

Code 11002950 11002950 11002950 11002950 11002950 11002950 11002950 11002950 11002950

Code 11002980 11002980 11002980 11002980 11002980 11002980 11002980 11002980 11002980

Available options Mounting • F0: concealed screw attachment on the sides. • F7: visible attachment with screw and bridge.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • RE and RT plenums.

Finish Plenum • Epoxy paint from RAL colour chart. View the list of • F0 or F7 attachment method. available colours in the appendix. • Special depth. • Special branch connections. • Insulation on 2 or 5 sides.

136

SWIRL DIFFUSERS 785 - 775 - 786

SELECTION - TYPE 785 AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak (m2) 0.0248

LxH (mm) 400 x 400

0.0392

500 x 500

0.0565

600 x 600

0.0938

825 x 825

150 (m3/h) 1.2 1.6 2.5

Lw Vk

200 (m3/h) 1.5 2.1 4.5 1.3 1.4 1.9

300 (m3/h) 26 2.4 3.2 10.0 2.0 2 4.0 1.6 1.6 2.2

400 (m3/h) 35 3.2 4.5 20.0 25 2.5 2.8 8.0 2.3 2 4,0

Lt Pa

500 (m3/h)

30 3.5 25 2.7 1.7

3.2 13.0 2.8 7.0 2.3 3.0

600 (m3/h)

28 3.1 20 2

3.2 10.0 2.8 4.0

800 (m3/h) Lw Lt Vk Pa

28 3

3.6 8.0



L x H x fentes (mm) 400 / 500 / 600 x 16

0.0284

500 x 500 x 24

0.0449

600 x 600 x 24

0.0568

600 x 600 x 48

0.1017

825 x 825 x 72

150 (m3/h) 1.3 1.8 3.7

Lw Vk

200 (m3/h) 21 1.8 2.6 7.0 1.5 2 4.0

300 (m3/h) 32 2.6 4 16.0 25 2.3 3 9.0 1.8 1.8 3.5

400 (m3/h)

33 4 23 2.5 2

3.0 16.0 2.4 6.0 2.2 4.0

500 (m3/h)

28 3.1 25 2.7

3.0 10.0 2.8 7.0

Lt Pa

600 (m3/h)

33 3.9 29 3.1 1.8

3.6 15.0 33.0 10.0 2.6 3.1



LxH (mm) 600 x 600


200 (m3/h)

300 (m3/h) 1.8 1.8 9.0

400 (m3/h) 23 2.4 2.5 18.0

500 (m3/h) 28 3.0 3 26.0



0.25 x1

0.375 x 0.67

0.5 x 0.5

0.625 x 0.4

600 (m3/h) 33 3.5 3.9 40.0

800 (m3/h)

800 (m3/h)

37 4.4 25 2.6

4.8 20.0 3.4 6.0


32 3.4

4.5 11.0

137

ADJUSTABLE CIRCULAR SWIRL JET DIFFUSERS

AR 883 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

AR 883 series - aluminium

USE

E

F

• Air supply: adjustable swirl jet. • High mixing capacity for rapid temperature balancing. • Ideal for air conditioning systems with high temperature difference in high-ceiling buildings. • Adjustable diffusion with motorised option for optimised operation in both winter and summer. • Ceiling-mounted.

CONSTRUCTION • Aluminium body and diffusion vanes. • Blades mounted on gear enabling 90° rotation.

FINISH • White epoxy painted aluminium finish, RAL 9010 colour. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

AR 883 C

MOUNTING

G

• F0: concealed screw attachment on the side of the neck. • Connection to circular duct. • L RE: galvanised steel connection plenum (side branch connection). • On/Off or proportional motors (24 V or 230 V) to orient blades.

H1

ACCESSORIES

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Diameters from 250 to 630 mm.

TECHNICAL DETAILS H2

• See selection tables on following pages. • See induction rates at end of chapter.

AR 883 with LRE plenum.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS ØD (mm) 250 315 400 500 630

ØN (mm) 315 400 470 630 800

ØA (mm) 425 500 615 850 1070

ØB (mm) 385 460 575 810 1030

C (mm) 315 375 460 560 690

F (mm) 50 50 60 60 80

G (mm) 50 50 60 70 70

H1 (mm) 300 365 450 550 680

H2 (mm) 225 240 280 320 410

138

SWIRL DIFFUSERS AR 883 SERIES

Standard range AR 883 M1 Motorised Code 11051095 11051096 11051097 11051098 11051099

Dimensions Ø 250 Ø 315 Ø 400 Ø 500 Ø 630 Mounting •C oncealed screw attachment on the side of the neck.

Finish Plenum • Aluminium with epoxy paint coating, • Non-insulated LRE plenum. RAL 9010 white.

LRE plenum Side connection Code 11053313 11053314 11053316 11053318

Motor • M1: On/Off 230 V motor.

Range with choice of options Dimensions (mm)

AR 883 diffuser

LRE plenum

Code 11002361 11002362 11002363 11002364 11002365

Code 11003263 11003264 11003266 11003268 11003269

Ø 250 Ø 315 Ø 400 Ø 500 Ø 630

Available options Mounting • Concealed screw attachment on the side of the neck.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • LRE plenum.

Finish • Epoxy paint from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

Plenum • Special depth. • Special branch connections. • Insulation on 2 or 5 sides.

Motor • M1: On/Off 230 V motor. • M2: On/Off 24 V motor. • M3: Proportional 24 V motor.

139


883 SERIES SELECTION - COOLING MODE AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT - DT - 10 °C AND ANGLE 30° Ak (m2)

ØD (mm)

0.01705

250

0.03090

315

0.03810

400

0.06700

500

0.07720

630

qv (m3/h) 200 300 20 0.62 30 3.4 8.1 5.0 18 2.7

Lw Vk

0.9 16.5 0.7 5.3

400

500

37 1.25 42 1.5 70 30 8.7 44 25 0.87 30 1.15 8.5 3.5 4.6 15 26 1.0 3.6 8.7

600

800

1000

1400

1800

2000

2500 Lw Vk

35 1.35 42 5.8 21 7.2 31 1.25 38 4.5 14 6 26 3.2

1.8 33 1.65 23 1.2 7.4

Lt Pa

47 9.5 43 7.5 32 4.0 28 3.4

Lt Pa

2.3 53 2 52 2.8 35 10.5 65 1.5 38 2.1 46 2.8 48 3.1 11 5.7 20 7.5 35 8.1 40 1.4 37 1.9 43 2.5 45 2.7 51 3.5 8.0 4.8 16 6.3 25 7.0 35 9.0 48


SELECTION - HEATING MODE AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT - DT - 10 °C AND ANGLE 90° Ak (m2)

ØD (mm)

0.03665

250

0.07355

315

0.10970

400

0.16293

500

0.30157

630

qv (m3/h) 500 750

1000

1200

1600

2000

3000

4000

5000

38 5.9 48 9.0 3.8 27 5.8 63 27 4.5 37 6.5 41 7.6 49 10.3 2.7 14 3.8 27 4.4 35 6.4 76 29 5.2 37 7.3 43 9.0 2.9 15.8 4.0 29 5.2 47 25 5.1 31 6.3 42 10 50 14 2.5 11.4 3.3 19.5 5 45 6.9 86 L w Lt 25 5,8 37 7.8 37 Vk Pa 2.5 11.4 3.5 23 4.6

10 37

6500

8000 Lw Vk

Lt Pa

44 12.7 52 5.8 64 7.3

16 99


140

SWIRL DIFFUSERS 883 SERIES

COOLING MODE AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT

Airflow measurement Vk x Ak = m³/s Vk x Ak x 3600 = m³/h

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted with standard plenum. Valid for temperature difference of -10°C and blade angle of 30°.


0.25 x1

0.375 x 0.67

0.5 x 0.5

0.625 x 0.4

141


883 SERIES HEATING MODE AIR SUPPLY WITHOUT WALL EFFECT

Airflow measurement Vk x Ak = m³/s Vk x Ak x 3600 = m³/h

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted with standard plenum. Valid for blade angle of 90° (vertical air supply).


0.25 x1

0.375 x 0.67

CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER DIFFUSION ANGLES 0.5 x 0.5

0.625 x 0.4

Blade angle 45° 60°

LtM x 0.35 x 0.66

Vk x 1.59 x 1.13

DPt x 1.42 x 1.12

Lw + 10 +3

Ak x 0.63 x 0.88

142

SWIRL DIFFUSERS AR 883 THERMO SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

AR 883 Thermo diffuser

USE

C

FINISH • Aluminium finish, epoxy paint RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of colours available in the appendix.

MOUNTING • Concealed screw attachment in neck of plenum. • The plenum is equipped with brackets for attachment to a concrete ceiling.

ACCESSORIES • LRE: connection plenum (side connection) made of galvanised steel.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Diameters from 250 to 630 mm.


ØD ØD

H2

CONSTRUCTION • Aluminium body and diffusion vanes. •H eat-sensitive spring made of nickel-titanium alloy enabling automatic adjustment of blade angles according to air supply temperature: - winter (heating) position for delamination of warm air, - summer (cooling) position to ensure perfect control of air speeds in occupied areas. • Winter and summer diffusion angles adjustable on site using screws to ensure ideal installation.

G

H1

• Air supply: adjustable swirl jet. • High mixing capacity for rapid temperature balancing. • Ideal for air conditioning systems with high temp. difference and high ceilings. • Adjustable angle on blades automatic according to air supply temperature for optimised operation in winter and summer. • No electrical connections required. • High mixing rate. • Ceiling-mounted.

2

1

ØA AR 883 diffuser with RE plenum. 1- Manual adjustment of winter and summer angles. 2- Heat-sensitive spring.


C (mm) 315 375 460 560 690

ØA (mm) 425 500 615 850 1070

G (mm) 50 50 60 70 70

H1 (mm) 300 365 450 550 680

H2 (mm) 225 240 280 320 410

143


AR 883 THERMO SERIES Range LRE plenum Side connection Code 11055313 11055314 11055316 11055318

AR 883 Thermo

Dimensions

Code 200 11051031 315 11051032 400 11051033 500 11051034 630 11051035 Mounting Finish Plenum • Concealed screw attachment on the side of the neck. • Aluminium with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • Non-insulated LRE plenum (Insulated on request).

AR 883 THERMO SERIES QUICK SELECTION - ANGLE at 45°

Ø 630 Ø 500 Ø 400 Ø 315

Angle of vanes α : 45° 20 < Lw (dB(A)) < 35 35 < Lw (dB(A)) < 50

Ø 250 100

200

400 500

1000

2000

4000 5000

Q (m3/h) The Lw (dB(A)) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Tests conducted with standard plenum.

90°

45°

0°

10000

144

SWIRL DIFFUSERS AR 883 THERMO SERIES

RECOMMENDED ASSEMBLY HEIGHT A

A/2

Ø 630

A

Ø 500

H

H1

Ø 400 Ø 315

2

3

4

5

10

15

20

1,8

Ø 250 30

Attachment height H (m)

MINIMUM DISTANCE A 20 Ø

Minimum recommended distance in m (A)

15

Ø

0 63 0 50

0 40 Ø 15 3 Ø 50 2 Ø

10

5 4 3

2

1

2

3

4

5

Ø 250

175

350

525

700

875

Ø 315

275

550

825

1100 1375

2750

Ø 400

445

890

1335

1780 2225

4450

Ø 500

700

1400

2100

2800 3500

7000

Ø 630

1115

2230

3345

4460 5575

11115

10

m/s Vk

1750 m3/h Q

A/2

145

FIXED SWIRL JET DIFFUSERS

SR 861 SERIES - STEEL

DIMENSIONS

SR 861 diffuser

• Ceiling-mounted air diffuser. • Fixed swirl jet diffusion. • High mixing capacity for rapid temperature balancing. • Ideal for air conditioning systems with high temperature difference in low-ceiling buildings. • Ceiling-mounted.

54

USE

84

CONSTRUCTION • Circular diffuser with circular connection. • Steel body and diffusion vanes.

FINISH • Steel finish, epoxy paint RAL 9010. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

SR 861 diffuser C

H1 84


ØD

MOUNTING

ACCESSORIES • BR: butterfly damper with 2 V-shaped flaps. Steel construction. Precise control using worm screw. NB: the BR damper is not compatible with the F7 mounting method. • LRE connection plenum with side branch connection. • Optional airflow splitter. • Available in basic version or insulated on 2 or 5 sides.

ØB ØA

SR 861 with LRE plenum.



ØD

BR damper


ØA (mm) 225 250 300 350 415

ØB (mm) 175 210 250 300 360

C (mm) 185 220 265 315 375

H1 (mm) 175 210 250 300 365

146

SWIRL DIFFUSERS SF 861 T SERIES - STEEL

SF 861 T diffuser

DIMENSIONS

SF 861 T diffuser rear view

CONSTRUCTION

80

7

• Ceiling-mounted air diffuser. • Fixed swirl jet diffusion. •H igh mixing capacity for rapid temperature balancing. • Ideal for air conditioning systems with high temperature difference in low-ceiling buildings. • P ositioned in place of a standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling tile.

54

USE

AxB

SF 861 T diffuser

• Circular connection. • Steel body and blades. • Steel ceiling compensation plate.

C

MOUNTING • F0: concealed screw attachment on the neck of the diffuser. • Attachment to concrete ceiling using brackets on the plenum. Note: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne by the ceiling framework.

ACCESSORIES • BR: butterfly damper with 2 V-shaped flaps. Steel construction. Precise control using worm screw. • L RE connection plenum with side branch connection. • Optional airflow splitter. • Available in basic version or insulated on 2 or 5 sides.

H1 84

• Steel finish, epoxy paint RAL 9010. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

ØD

FINISH

AxB

SR 861 T with LRE plenum.


ØD

TECHNICAL DETAILS

BR damper

• See selection tables and scales on following pages. • See mixing rates at end of chapter.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS ØD A x B* (mm) (mm) 125 600 x 600 160 600 x 600 200 600 x 600 250 600 x 600 315 600 x 600 * Nominal ceiling tile dimensions.

C (mm) 185 220 265 315 375

H1 (mm) 175 210 250 300 365

147

FIXED SWIRL JET DIFFUSERS

SR 861 - SF 861 T SERIES Standard range SR 961 diffuser Code 11051105 11051106 11051107 11051108 11051109

Dimensions Ø 125 Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315

SF961 T diffuser Code

LRE plenum Side connection Code

11051081 11051082 11051083 11051084

11053311 11053312 11053313 11053314 Finish • Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white.

Mounting • Concealed screw attachment on the neck of the diffuser.

Range with choice of options Dimensions (mm) Ø 125 Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315

Code LRE plenum 11003311 11003312 11003313 11003314 11003315

Available options Plenum (for 861 series only) • F0 and F7 attachment method. • Special depth. • Special branch connections. • Insulation on 2 or 5 sides. • Airflow splitter.

861 SERIES SELECTION - TYPE 861 AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT Ak (m2)

Ø D (mm)

0.0039

125

0.0071

160

0.0124

200

0.0199

250

0.0358

315

qv (m3/h) 50 – 1 2.5 4.5

Lw Vk

Lt Pa

70

100

150

250



0.25 x1

0.375 x 0.67

350

500

600

26 1.8 33 Lw Lt 5 17 8.5 45 Vk Pa – 1.4 24 2.3 33 3.2 42 4.0 2.6 5 4.5 13 6.5 26 8.5 45 – 19 24 2.9 35 3.6 42 5.0 3.6 9 5.1 17 6.8 28 9.0 48 – 2 27 2.7 35 3.6 42 5.0 46 6.0 2.7 5 3.5 9 4.9 16 6.5 26 8.5 45 – 2.5 26 3.2 33 4.5 37 5.5 3.0 7.0 4.0 11 5.5 20 7.0 30

0.5 x 0.5

0.625 x 0.4

BR damper Code 11053220 11053221 11053222 11053223

148

SWIRL DIFFUSERS MIXING RATE

CAPACITY FOR TWISTED 850 SERIES DIFFUSER

CAPACITY FOR 785 - 775 - 786 SERIES DIFFUSER

0.15

0.15

0.10

0.10 0.08

0.08

0.06

0.06

tL tS

0.05 0.04

0.05 72

0.04

64 0.03

0.03

48

32

Ø

0.02

20

0.02

24

0

16 0.4

0.4

0.5 0.6

0.8

1

1.5

2

3

2.5

0.5

0.6

0.8

1

1.5

4

2.5

3

4

L T (m)

LT (m)

CAPACITY FOR 883 SERIES DIFFUSER (HORIZONTAL)

2

CAPACITY FOR 883 SERIES DIFFUSER (VERTICAL) 0.3

0.35

0.25

0.3

0.2 0.18 0.16

0.25

0.14 0.2

0.12 0.1 0.09

0.16

tL tS

tL tS

0.14 0.12 0.1

0.08 0.07 0.06

630

0.05

500

0.04

0.08

400

0.03

0.07

630

0.06

500

0.025

315

0.02 250

0.015

0.05 1.5

2

2.5

3

4

5

6

7

L T (m)

3

8

250

4.5

Lt (m)

0.4

DTL (°C)

0.3 0.25 0.2 0.16

0.1

0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 12

16

5

0.5 0.6

0.8

1

1.5

2

2.5

L T (m)

3

25

20

0

0

0

4

15

5

6

31

5

7 8

Range in m. Difference between temperature at end of range and ambient temperature (in °C). Difference between air supply temperature and ambient temperature (in °C).

TM = DTL / DTS

Ratio between temperature differences. This value defines the terminal's capacity to quickly mix new air with the ambient air.

Example with air supply at 15 °C and ambient air temperature of 25 °C

The temperature in the air jet at X (m) from the terminal = 25 - 10 x Capacity (°C).

0.08

0.02

12

DTS (°C)

0.12

0.025

9

SYMBOLS

0.5

tL tS

7.5

L T (m)

315 400


6

149

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS

149

XXX

CONTENTS Displacement diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P150 Rotating nozzle diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P160 Aluminium long range diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P166 Flexible diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P171 Step riser diffusers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P175 Mixing capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P177

150

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS SP 391 SERIES - STEEL

DIMENSIONS

SP 391 R diffuser

USE

ØD 40

• Low speed air supply over 180°. • Cooling and air conditioning in commercial and industrial buildings, generally with high ceilings. • Wall-mounted in occupied area.

C

CONSTRUCTION H

• Galvanised steel plate frame. • Circular branch connection on top or underneath (only with F base). • Diffusion surface made of perforated galvanised steel plate. • Air distribution delivered by internal deflectors. • R type models have a rounded design.

B

FINISH • Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

C

L

A

F

E

MOUNTING

A

B

• For use on floor.

ACCESSORIES B

SP 391 diffuser H

• A: silencer. • B: airflow controller and measurement inlet. • C: duct trim. • F: Floor base.

A

F

50

F

• Available in 9 different sizes, Ø 100 mm to Ø 630 mm. • From 200 to 950 mm in width. • From 400 to 1800 mm in height.

E

STANDARD DIMENSIONS


SP 391 R diffuser

SP 391 and accessories

STANDARD DIMENSIONS A B C (mm) (mm) (mm) 100 200 100 70 125 250 125 75 160 300 150 80 200 380 190 90 250 480 240 102 315 600 300 125 400 760 380 151 500 950 475 179 630 950 475 309 * L: height of acoustic casing. Model

ØD (mm) 100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630

E (mm) 80 93 110 130 155 198 230 280 345

F (mm) 155 185 250 260 315 390 480 600 730

H (mm) 400 500 700 800 900 1000 1250 1500 1800

L* (mm) 300 300 400 400 500 600 700 800 900

151

DISPLACEMENT DIFFUSERS

SP 392 SERIES - STEEL

DIMENSIONS

SP 392 diffuser

USE

ØD 40

• Low speed air supply over 90°. • Cooling and air conditioning in commercial and industrial buildings, generally with high ceilings. • Wall-mounted in occupied area.

C

CONSTRUCTION H

• Galvanised steel plate frame. • Branch connection on top or underneath (only with F base). • Diffusion surface made of perforated galvanised steel plate. • Air distribution delivered by internal deflectors. • R type models have a rounded design.

FINISH

B

A

SP 392 diffuser

MOUNTING

A

E F

• For use on floor.

L

• Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

ACCESSORIES

B

SP 392 diffuser

• Available in 8 different sizes, Ø 100 mm to Ø 500 mm. • From 240 to 902 mm in width. • From 400 to 1,500 mm in height.

H

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

C


A

F F

TECHNICAL DETAILS

50

• See selection tables on following pages.

SP 392 R diffuser


STANDARD DIMENSIONS A B C (mm) (mm) (mm) 100 240 126 81 125 286 151 96 160 341 181 114 200 406 216 135 250 480 252 162 315 609 320 206 400 740 389 250 500 902 474 305 * L: height of acoustic casing. Model

ØD (mm) 98 123 158 198 248 313 398 498

E (mm) 70 85 100 120 145 185 230 280

F (mm) 170 203 242 288 340 432 525 64

H (mm) 400 500 700 800 900 1000 1250 1500

L* (mm) 300 300 400 400 500 600 700 800

152


DIMENSIONS

SP 393 diffuser

USE

øD 40

• Flat, low-speed air supply with possible flush-mounted installation. •C ooling and air conditioning in commercial and industrial buildings. • Wall-mounted in occupied area.

C

CONSTRUCTION H

• Galvanised steel plate frame. • B ranch connection on top or underneath (only with F base). •D iffusion surface made of perforated galvanised steel plate. • Air distribution delivered by internal deflectors.

B

FINISH • Galvanised steel plate frame. • B ranch connection on top or underneath (only with F base). •D iffusion surface made of perforated galvanised steel plate. • Air distribution delivered by internal deflectors.

L

B

E

MOUNTING

A

A

• For use on floor. • A: silencer. • B: airflow controller and measurement inlet. • C: duct trim. • F: Floor base.

H

ACCESSORIES SP 393 diffuser F

50

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Diameters from 160 mm to 630 mm. • AT 842 model designed to replace a 600 x 600 mm ceiling tile.


TECHNICAL DETAILS

STANDARD DIMENSIONS


Model A (mm) B (mm) 100 350 155 125 400 180 160 500 250 200 600 300 250 700 350 315 850 425 400 1000 500 500 1200 600 * L: height of acoustic casing.

H (mm) 400 500 700 800 900 1000 1250 1500

E (mm) 80 93 110 130 155 188 230 280

Ø D (mm) 100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500

L* (mm) 300 300 400 400 500 600 700 800

153



DIMENSIONS

SP 394 diffuser

USE 40

• Low speed air supply over 360°. •C ooling and air conditioning in commercial and industrial buildings, generally with high ceilings. • Installation in occupied area.

C

CONSTRUCTION H

• Galvanised steel plate frame. • B ranch connection on top or underneath (only with F base). •D iffusion surface made of perforated galvanised steel plate. • Air distribution delivered by internal deflectors. • R type models have a rounded design.

FINISH

B

• Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

A

L

A

MOUNTING • For use on floor.

SP 394 diffuser H


B

ACCESSORIES

A

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Available in 4 different sizes, Ø 315 mm to Ø 630 mm. • From 600 to 950 mm in width. • From 1000 to 1800 mm in height.

F

TECHNICAL DETAILS 50

• See selection tables on following pages. SP 394 R diffuser


STANDARD DIMENSIONS Model A (mm) B (mm) 315 600 300 400 760 380 500 950 475 630 950 475 * L: height of acoustic casing.

Ø D (mm) 315 400 500 630

H (mm) 1000 1250 1500 1800

L* (mm) 600 700 800 900

154


DIMENSIONS

SP 395 diffuser

USE

C

• Flat low speed air supply. • R ectangular diffuser and duct (on request) designed for flushmounted installation in light partition walls with wooden or metal framework. •C ooling and air conditioning in commercial and industrial buildings, generally with high ceilings. • Installation in occupied area.

60

CONSTRUCTION 2000

• Galvanised steel plate frame. •D iffusion surface made of perforated galvanised steel plate. • Air distribution delivered by internal deflectors.

FINISH • Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix. A 70

MOUNTING • For use on floor. • Front screen attached to mounting frame and friction clips.

B

ACCESSORIES • WD: Wall duct maximum length 2000 mm. • Mounting frame.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Available in 6 different sizes, Ø 100 mm to Ø 250 mm. • 500 or 550 mm in width. • From 300 to 900 mm in height.


AF 842 diffuser

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Nominal dimensions A (mm) 500 500 500 550 550 550

B (mm) 300 400 500 600 800 900

C (mm)

Ø D (mm)

300 400 400 450 500 500

125 160 160 200 250 250

155



USE

C

• Flat low speed air supply. • Cooling and air conditioning in commercial and industrial buildings, generally with high ceilings. • Installation in occupied area.

65

60

DIMENSIONS

SP 396 diffuser

CONSTRUCTION • Duct and air supply outlet of same cross-section. • Galvanised steel plate frame. • Diffusion surface made of perforated galvanised steel plate. • Air distribution delivered by internal deflectors. 2000

FINISH • Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING • Wall attachment.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS B

• Available in 4 different sizes, from Ø 125 mm to Ø 200 mm. • 500 or 550 mm in width. • From 300 to 600 mm in height.

TECHNICAL DETAILS 100


SP 396

NOMINAL DIMENSIONS A (mm) 500 500 500 550

B (mm) 300 400 500 600

Ø D (mm) 125 160 160 200

156

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS SP 390 SERIES

Range with choice of options Diameter (mm) Ø 100 Ø 125 Ø 160 Ø 200 Ø 250 Ø 315 Ø 400 Ø 500 Ø 630 500 x 300 500 x 400 500 x 500 550 x 600

SP 391

SP 392

SP 391R

SP 392R

SP 393

SP 394

SP 394 R

SP 395

SP 396

Code 11003121 11003122 11003123 11003124 11003125 11003126 11003127 11003128 11003129 -

Code 11003131 11003132 11003133 11003134 11003135 11003136 11003137 11003138 11003139 -

Code 11003141 11003142 11003143 11003144 11003145 11003146 11003147 11003148 11003149 -

Code 11003151 11003152 11003153 11003154 11003155 11003156 11003157 11003158 11003159 -

Code 11003161 11003162 11003163 11003164 11003165 11003166 11003167 11003168 -

Code 11003176 11003177 11003178 11003179 -

Code

Code 11003181 11003182 11003183 11003184

Code 11003191 11003192 11003193 11003194

11003186 11003187 11003188 11003189

Available options Supply

Finish • Epoxy paint from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

• Air supply from above (standard). • Air supply from the floor.

ACCESSORIES PROPOSED • A: silencer. • B: regulator. • C and WD: duct trim. • F: Floor base.

390 SERIES SELECTION - SUPPLY - TYPE 391 Ak (m 2)

ØD (mm)

–

100

–

125

–

160

–

200

–

250

–

315

–

400

–

500

–

630

qv (m 3/h) 150 200 22 –

0.8 20

300

500

28 0.95 36 1.5 – 35 – 60 20 0.8 28 1.0 – 15 – 30 20 0.85 30 – 15 – 21 –

1.3 35 0.9 12

800

1000

37 0.9 – 60 28 1 33 – 30 – 20 0.95 25 – 10 –

2000

Lt Pa

6000

8000

10000 Lw –

Lt Pa

30 2.05 35 – 13 –

2.5 20

1.6 40 1.2 18 31 – 22 –

Lw –

4000

1.7 25 1.2 8

35 – 27 – – –

The Lw (NR) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room. Vt = 0.2 m/s.

2.5 30 1.7 12 1.1 4

35 – 27 –

2.5 25 1.7 10

157

DISPLACEMENT DIFFUSERS SELECTION - SUPPLY - TYPE 392 Ak (m 2)

ØD (mm)

–

100

–

125

–

160

–

200

–

250

–

315

–

400

–

500

qv (m 3/h) 80 100 – –

Lw –

0.6 10

150

25 0.9 33 – 6 – – 0.65 22 – 5 – – –

1.4 30 0.9 12 0.7 5

200

300

600

30 1.3 – 20 20 0.85 29 1.4 – 8 – 20 – 0.7 20 0.95 35 – 3 – 7 – – 0.7 24 – 3 –

1.9 30 1.3 10

Lt Pa

1000

1500

33 1.8 – 20 23 1.4 34 – 8 – – 0.95 23 – 2 – – –

2.1 20 1.5 6 1.0 1

2000

29 – – –

2.0 11 1.4 4

4000 Lw –

Lt Pa

31 –

2.2 10


SELECTION - SUPPLY - TYPE 393 Ak (m 2)

ØD (mm)

–

100

–

125

–

160

–

200

–

250

–

315

–

400

–

500

qv (m 3/h) 80 100 20 –

Lw –

0.7 10

25 – – –

0.9 5 0.7 5

150 35 – 23 – – –

1.4 11 0.9 12 0.7 5

200

30 – 22 – – –

1.2 20 0.9 8 0.6 3

300

600

30 1.3 – 18 21 0.95 36 – 7 – – 0.6 26 – 3 – – –

1.7 30 1.3 10 0.9 3

Lt Pa

1000

35 1.8 – 20 24 1.4 36 – 7 – – 0.95 25 – 2 – – –


SELECTION - SUPPLY - TYPE 394 Ak (m 2)

ØD (mm)

–

315

–

400

–

500

–

630

qv (m 3/h) 1000 1500 – –

Lw –

0.7 5

27 – – –

0.9 10 0.7 4

2000 33 – 23 – – –

1.3 18 0.9 7 0.6 2

Lt Pa

3000

31 – 20 – – –

1.3 18 0.9 5 0.7 2

4000

37 – 26 – – –

1.7 28 1.2 8 0.9 3

6000

35 – 25 –

1.7 19 1.3 6

8000 Lw –

Lt Pa

31 –

1.5 12


SELECTION - SUPPLY - TYPE 395 - 396 Ak (m 2)

LxH (mm)

qv (m 3/h) 80 100

–

500 x 300 500 x 400 500 x 500 550 x 600

– –

– – –

Lw –

0.3 5

Lt Pa

– 0.35 – 8 – 0.3 – 4

150 – – – – – –

0.6 19 0.4 9 0.4 7

200

300

400

20 0.85 – 30 – 0.7 26 0.95 28 – 18 – 35 – 23 0.6 24 0.85 31 – 11 – 28 – 20 0.8 26 – 20 –

1.4 60 1.3 45 1.1 32

1500

600 Lw –

Lt Pa

35 –

1.6 60


2.2 18 1.5 3 1.1 2

2000

31 – 21 –

1.9 10 1.4 4

4000 Lw –

Lt Pa

34 –

2.4 12

158

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS 391 SERIES - AIR SUPPLY

SOUND POWER LEVEL (DB) Dimensions

NOISE ATTENUATION BY ADDING THE SILENCER (A) Octave band (Hz)

125 250 500 Ø 100 1 2 1 Ø 125 1 2 2 Ø 160 1 2 2 Ø 200 2 2 3 Ø 250 2 3 3 Ø 315 3 3 4 Ø 400 5 4 4 Ø 500 6 5 5 Ø 630 6 6 7 Correction factors (dB) per octave band (Hz).

1000 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5

2000 -2 -2 -3 -3 -4 -5 -5 -6 -6

4000 -15 -15 -14 -12 -13 -15 -14 -15 -16

Dimensions

Octave band (Hz)

125 250 500 Ø 100 9 14 26 Ø 125 9 13 24 Ø 160 8 12 22 Ø 200 7 11 19 Ø 250 7 11 18 Ø 315 5 8 15 Ø 400 4 7 14 Ø 500 3 6 12 Ø 630 3 5 12 Correction factors (dB) per octave band (Hz).

1000 36 34 31 28 25 21 18 15 14

2000 42 38 36 30 26 19 16 14 13

4000 30 27 25 20 18 13 12 11 10

392 SERIES - AIR SUPPLY SOUND POWER LEVEL (DB) Dimensions


125 250 500 Ø 100 1 2 1 Ø 125 1 2 2 Ø 160 1 2 2 Ø 200 1 2 2 Ø 250 2 3 3 Ø 315 3 3 4 Ø 400 4 4 4 Ø 500 6 5 4 Correction factors (dB) per octave band (Hz).

1000 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

2000 -3 -3 -4 -4 -5 -6 -5 -5

4000 -16 -16 -16 -15 -16 -17 -19 -20

Dimensions

Octave band (Hz)


1000 36 34 31 28 25 21 18 15

2000 42 38 36 30 26 19 16 14

4000 30 27 25 20 18 13 12 11




1000 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 4

2000 -2 -2 -3 -3 -4 -5 -5 -6

4000 -15 -15 -15 -15 -15 -16 -18 -19

Dimensions

Octave band (Hz)


1000 36 35 33 32 30 26 24 20

2000 44 44 42 38 36 28 24 18

4000 36 35 28 24 23 20 18 16

159




125 250 500 Ø 315 2 2 3 Ø 400 4 3 4 Ø 500 5 4 4 Ø 630 6 5 5 Correction factors (dB) per octave band (Hz).

1000 3 4 3 4

2000 -4 -5 -5 -6

4000 -15 -16 -17 -17

Dimensions

125 250 500 Ø 315 8 14 18 Ø 400 6 12 15 Ø 500 4 10 14 Ø 630 4 8 13 Correction factors (dB) per octave band (Hz).

395 - 396 SERIES - AIR SUPPLY SOUND POWER LEVEL (DB) Dimensions

Octave band (Hz)

125 250 500 500 x 300 4 3 4 500 x 400 4 3 3 500 x 500 5 2 3 550 x 600 6 3 2 550 x 800 6 4 2 550 x 900 7 4 2 Correction factors (dB) per octave band (Hz).

1000 1 0 0 0 0 0

2000 -6 -8 -9 -11 -10 -10

4000 -14 -16 -20 -22 -24 -24

Octave band (Hz) 1000 24 22 20 16

2000 26 24 23 17

4000 20 18 17 12

160

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS SC 984 SERIES - STEEL

DIMENSIONS

LREI plenum (5)

USE

W

CONSTRUCTION • Punched steel plate front panel. • Plastic rotating nozzles.

A

Ød

• Adjustable air supply delivering spiral or multidirectional jet (1, 2, 3 or 4 channels). • E xcellent mixing rate and fast temperature balancing. • Ideal for locations with low ceilings. • Ceiling-mounted. • Version suited to suspended ceiling tiles 600 x 600 mm (SC 984 T).

C

SC 984 diffuser

ØD

LREI plenum (5)

FINISH

B

H3

• Steel with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • P aint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

MOUNTING H2

• Concealed screw attachment on the neck of the diffuser.

ACCESSORIES

40

• LREI plenum (5) insulated on 5 sides (supplied). • Damper with control dial fitted on plenum branch connection (supplied).

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Available in 5 different sizes, from Ø 125 mm to Ø 315 mm. • 6 00 x 600 mm dimensions to replace a standard suspended ceiling tile (SC 984 T).

TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection tables on following pages. • See mixing rates at end of chapter.

LxH L1 x H1

SC 984 diffuser

STANDARD DIMENSIONS W x H L1 x H1 (mm) (mm) 389 or 125 333 594* 389 or 160 333 594* 472 or 200 415 594* 250 554 594* 315 554 594* *SC 984 T model. Model

Ø d Ø D H2 H3 B W R A C (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 100 125 185 155 250 320 296

81

30

125 160 210 180 300 380 346

91

40

160 200 260 215 370 440 398 103

35

200 250 315 255 465 520 473 123 250 315 360 300 550 580 519 144

30 25

161

ROTATING NOZZLE DIFFUSERS

984 SERIES - MODEL 125 - AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT ΔPt (Pa) 300 200 100

Airflow measurement Vk x Ak = m³/s. Vk x Ak x 3600 = m³/h.

40 35

50

30

d se

o

l rc

r pe mn Da pe o

pe

am

D 10 20

30

50

25 20 L w (NR) 80 100

1

2

3

200

4

300 Q (m3/h)

Range L 0.2 (m)



0.2 x1

0.25 x 0.8

SOUND POWER LEVEL (DB) 0.375 x 0.53

0.5 x 0.4

Swirl jet

4-channel

3-channel

2-channel

2 channels at 90°

1-channel

The range L0.2 is given for the nozzle configurations above.

0.625 x 0.32

Hz 125 250 500 K (dB) +9 +7 +3 Correction factors (dB) per octave band (Hz).

1000 -2

2000 - 12

4000 - 24

162

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS 984 SERIES - MODEL 160

AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT ΔPt (Pa)

300 200 Airflow measurement Vk x Ak = m³/s. Vk x Ak x 3600 = m³/h.

100 40

50 r

pe

30

m

Da

10

35

ed

s clo

40

50

1

r pe m Dapen o

70

25 20

200

100

3

2

L w (NR)

4

300 Q (m3/h)

Range L 0,2 (m)



0.2 x1

0.25 x 0.8


0.5 x 0.4

Swirl jet

4-channel

3-channel

2-channel

2 channels at 90°

1-channel


0.625 x 0.32


1000 0

2000 - 10

4000 - 24

163


984 SERIES - MODEL 200 AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT ΔPt (Pa)


100 40

50 d

35

Da

m

D op am en pe

pe

r

rc

lo

se

30 25

10 40 50

100

1

3

2

20

L w (NR)

200

300 400 500 Q (m3/h)

4

5 6 7 Range L 0,2 (m)



0.2 x1

0.25 x 0.8


0.5 x 0.4

Swirl jet

4-channel

3-channel

2-channel

2 channels at 90°

1-channel


0.625 x 0.32


1000 -1

2000 -9

4000 - 20

164

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS 984 SERIES - MODEL 250

AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT ΔPt (Pa)


100 40

50

35

d

se

30

am

r ped m e Da los c

100

200

r

pe

10

o cl

D

70

2

3

4

25 20

L w (NR)

300 400 500 700

5 6 7 8

Range L 0,2 (m)



0.2 x1

0.25 x 0.8


0.5 x 0.4

Swirl jet

4-channel

3-channel

2-channel

2 channels at 90°

1-channel


0.625 x 0.32


1000 -1

2000 - 10

4000 - 21

165


984 SERIES - MODEL 315 AIR SUPPLY WITH CEILING EFFECT ΔPt (Pa) 300 200 Airflow measurement Vk x Ak = m³/s. Vk x Ak x 3600 = m³/h.

100 50

40 35

d

e os

30 r e p 25 mn a e D p L w (NR) 20 o 300 500 1000 Q (m3/h)

l

c er

p

m Da

10 80 100

2

200

3

4

5

6

7 8

Range L 0,2 (m)



0.2 x1

0.25 x 0.8


0.5 x 0.4

Swirl jet

4-channel

3-channel

2-channel

2 channels at 90°

1-channel


0.625 x 0.32


1000 0

2000 - 11

4000 - 23

166

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS DGH SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

DGHB jet diffuser

G

G

• Air supply for high-ceiling buildings such as airports and exhibition centres. • Long-range diffusion to provide airflow to occupied areas, ideal for avoiding stratification of air in heating applications. • Adjustable diffusion, can be inclined to 30°. • Wall or ceiling mounted, or floor around perimeter.

G1

USE

CONSTRUCTION • Spun aluminium diffuser.

FINISH • Epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

DGH jet diffuser

DGH-C jet diffuser

MOUNTING • DGH and DGHB: visible screw attachment on rectangular duct. • DGH-C and DGHB-C: direct attachment to circular air supply duct.

ACCESSORIES • DGH-C: supplied with circular connection sleeve. • DGHB: supplied with built-in damper, operable from outside. • DGHB-C: supplied with circular connection sleeve and built-in damper.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS • Available from Ø 100 to Ø 400.

TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection tables and scales on following pages. • See mixing capacities at end of chapter.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Model 100 150 200 315 400

Ø opening (mm) 105 165 215 325 425

ØA (mm) 95 155 205 315 415

ØB (mm) 120 180 240 350 455

ØC (mm) 140 200 260 370 480

ØD (mm) 45 70 95 160 225

ØE (mm) 100 150 200 315 400

G (mm) 90 140 180 265 355

G1 (mm) 98 150 188 305 395

167

ALUMINIUM LONG RANGE DIFFUSERS

DGH2 SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DGH2 jet diffuser

DIMENSIONS

DGH2-C jet diffuser with connection sleeve

USE ØG

ØA L

H

• Air supply for high-ceiling buildings such as airports and exhibition centres. • Long-range diffusion to provide airflow to occupied areas, ideal for avoiding stratification of air in heating applications. • Adjustable diffusion, can be inclined to 30°. • Wall or ceiling mounted, or floor around perimeter. • Spun aluminium diffuser.

C

CONSTRUCTION

ØB

DGH2 jet diffuser

DGH2 jet diffuser

FINISH • Epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white. • Paint finish from RAL colour chart. View the list of available colours in the appendix.

L

HT

MOUNTING

ØG

• DGH2: visible screw attachment on rectangular duct. • DGH2-C: direct attachment to circular air supply duct.

ACCESSORIES

ØF

• DGH-C: supplied with circular connection sleeve.


TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection tables and scales on following pages. • See mixing capacities at end of chapter.

DGH2-C jet diffuser

Mounting flange

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Model 100 160 200 315

ØA ØB ØD ØE ØF ØG C H HT L (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 45 95 120 140 100 105 25 75 85 50 70 155 180 200 160 165 25 120 130 80 95 205 240 260 200 215 30 150 155 100 160 315 350 370 313 325 35 215 230 145

168

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS DGH SERIES

Standard range DGH

DGH2

Code 11051681 11051682

Code 11051281

Dimensions 100 150 160 200 315 400

DGH-C (with sleeve) Code 11051220 11051221

11051282 11051283 11051284

11051683 11051684 11051685

DGH2-C (with sleeve) Code 11051271 11051272 11051273 11051274

11051222 11051223 11051224

Mounting • DGH and DGH-B: visible screw attachment on rectangular duct. • DGH-C and DGHB-C: direct attachment to circular duct.

DGHB (with damper) Code 11051225 11051226

DGHB-C (damper + sleeve) Code 11051230 11051231

11051227 11051228 11051229

11051232 11051233 11051234

Finish • Aluminium with epoxy paint coating, RAL 9010 white.

DGH - DGH2 SERIES SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITHOUT CEILING EFFECT Ak (m2)

0.002

Dimensions (mm) Ø 100

50 (m3/h)

16 -

0.004

9.0 42.0

Ø 150 Ø 160

0.007

100 (m3/h)

30 -

10 -

200 (m3/h)

18.0 160.0 10.0 28.0

Ø 200

500 (m3/h)

31 -

15

18.0 90.0 11.0 40.0

44 -

28 -

28.0 200.0 15.0 90.0

40 -

17 -

Ø 400

Lw -

1000 (m3/h)

1500 (m3/h)

2000 (m3/h) -

Ø 300

0.039

800 (m3/h)

Lw

-

0.020

300 (m3/h)

25.0 200.0 15.0 30.0

Lt Pa

30 -

10 -

22.0 70.0 14.0 18.0

28.0 110.0 18.0 17.0 29.0

Lt Pa

38 -

29 -

22.0 55.0

38 -

30.0 100.0


CORRECTIONS FOR OTHER Vt Vt (m/s) Lt Lt with ceiling effect

0.25 x2 x 2.8

CORRECTIONS FOR DAMPER 0.37 x 1.33 x 1.8

0.5 x1 x 1.4

0.63 x 0.8 x 1.1

0.75 x 0.67 x 0.9

CORRECTIONS FOR CONCENTRATED JET Number of diffusers 2 3 4

B

B

A

Lt (A) x 1.14 x 1.20 x 1.25

A

Lt (B) x1 x1 x1

Lw (NR) +3 +5 +6





CORRECTIONS FOR VERTICAL AIR SUPPLY DEPENDING ON TEMPERATURE ΔT (°C) - 20 Lt (m) x 2.5

- 15 x2

- 10 - 5 x 1.7 x 1.3

0 x1

5 10 15 20 x 0.7 x 0.5 x 0.4 x 0.33

169

ALUMINIUM LONG RANGE DIFFUSERS

AR 190 THERMO SERIES - ALUMINIUM

DIMENSIONS

AR 190 Thermo jet diffuser

USE

ØD

Ød

30°

ØG

1

30° ØC

• Air supply for high-ceiling buildings such as airports and exhibition centres. • Long-range diffusion to provide airflow to occupied areas, ideal for avoiding stratification of air in heating applications. • Automatic diffusion orientation according to the temperature of the blown air, for optimum operation both in winter and summer. • Can be inclined to 30°. • Wall or ceiling mounted.

CONSTRUCTION • Spun aluminium diffuser. • Circular spun aluminium connection sleeve (supplied). • Heat-sensitive spring made of nickel-titanium alloy to automatically toggle the diffusion angle according to the temperature of the blown air: - "winter" (heating) position for delamination of hot air, - "summer" position (cooling) for perfect management of air speeds in the occupied areas. • "Winter" and "summer" angles can be adjusted by screws (max. angle +/- 30°) for perfect adaptation to conditions of use. Note: no damper available for this range.

MOUNTING • Concealed screw attachment on rectangular duct (or plenum), or direct connection to circular air supply duct.

FINISH • Epoxy paint finish, RAL 9010 white. • Anodised aluminium finish, natural white hue.

ACCESSORIES • Face plate to cover screws (supplied). • Connection sleeve for flexible circular ducts (supplied). • Connection sleeve for rectangular ducts (contact us). • Connection sleeve for rigid circular ducts (contact us).


TECHNICAL DETAILS • See selection table on following page.

L1

L

AR 190 Thermo diffuser. 1- Heat-sensitive spring.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS Model 150 200 230

Ød (mm) 150 200 230

ØD (mm) 300 400 500

ØG (mm) 362 462 462

C (mm) 380 480 480

L1 (mm) 130 167 167

L (mm) 285 290 290

Airflow (m3/h) 750 1300 1700

170

SPECIAL DIFFUSERS AR 190 THERMO SERIES

Standard range Dimensions 150 200 230

AR 190 Thermo jet diffuser - anodised aluminium Code 11051264 11051265 11051266

AR 190 Thermo jet diffuser - white aluminium Code 11051267 11051268 11051269

AR 190 THERMO SERIES SELECTION - AIR SUPPLY WITHOUT CEILING EFFECT

The Lw (dB(A)) values do not take into account any noise attenuation in the room.

Vt = 0.5 m/s.

171

FLEXIBLE DIFFUSERS

CSI - CSF - CSP SERIES - FABRIC

Half-circle CSI diffuser

Circular CSF diffuser

Half-circle CSP diffuser

DIMENSIONS USE

CSI diffusers • Heating and cooling air conditioning of large-volume, commercial or public access buildings. • Heating and/or cooling of high-ceiling industrial storage facilities. • Ambient air conditioning of sensitive industrial production facilities. CSF diffusers • Cooling in food production industry. • Ambient air conditioning for wine cellars and bottle storage warehouses. • Ambient air conditioning for medium-height industrial facilities (H